Albertsons

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
 
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended February 22, 2025
OR
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from _____ to _____
Commission File Number: 001-39350
Albertsons Companies, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
 
47-4376911
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
250 Parkcenter Blvd.
Boise, Idaho, 83706
(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)
(208) 395-6200
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code) 
Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:
Title of each class
Trading Symbol(s)
Name of each exchange on which registered
Class A common stock, $0.01 par value
ACI
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12
months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth
company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
☒
Accelerated filer
☐
Non-accelerated filer
☐
Smaller reporting company
☐
Emerging growth company
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial
accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial
reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the
correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the
registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
As of September 6, 2024, the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held
by non-affiliates was approximately $7.8 billion.
As of April 17, 2025, the registrant had 575,749,857 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III incorporate information by reference from the registrant's definitive proxy statement related to its 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to
be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended February 22, 2025 (the "Proxy Statement").

Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 Page
PART I
4
Item 1 - Business
6
Item 1A - Risk Factors
11
Item 1B - Unresolved Staff Comments
26
Item 1C - Cybersecurity
26
Item 2 - Properties
29
Item 3 - Legal Proceedings
29
Item 4 - Mine Safety Disclosures
30
PART II
31
Item 5 - Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
31
Item 6 - [Reserved]
33
Item 7 - Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
34
Item 7A - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
48
Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
50
Item 9 - Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
100
Item 9A - Controls and Procedures
101
Item 9B - Other Information
101
Item 9C - Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
102
PART III
103
Item 10 - Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
103
Item 11 - Executive Compensation
103
Item 12 - Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
103
Item 13 - Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
103
Item 14 - Principal Accountant Fees and Services
103
PART IV
104
Item 15 - Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
104
Item 16 - Form 10-K Summary
108
SIGNATURES
109

Table of Contents
As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, unless the context otherwise requires, references to "Albertsons," the "Company," "ACI," "we,"
"us" and "our" refer to Albertsons Companies, Inc. and, where appropriate, its consolidated subsidiaries. Our last three fiscal years consisted of
the 52 weeks ended February 22, 2025 ("fiscal 2024"), the 52 weeks ended February 24, 2024 ("fiscal 2023") and the 52 weeks ended February
25, 2023 ("fiscal 2022"). Our next three fiscal years consist of the 53 weeks ending February 28, 2026 ("fiscal 2025"), the 52 weeks ending
February 27, 2027 ("fiscal 2026") and the 52 weeks ending February 26, 2028 ("fiscal 2027").
PART I
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the federal securities laws. The "forward-
looking statements" include our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections about our business and our industry. They include
statements relating to our future operating or financial performance which the Company believes to be reasonable at this time. You can identify
forward-looking statements by the use of words such as "outlook," "may," "should," "could," "estimates," "predicts," "potential," "continue,"
"anticipates," "believes," "plans," "expects," "future", "intends" and similar expressions which are intended to identify forward-looking
statements.
These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties which are beyond our control and
difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from the results expressed or implied by the statements. Risks and
uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from such statements include:
•
changes in macroeconomic conditions such as rates of food price inflation or deflation, fuel and commodity prices and uncertainty in
international trade including recently announced and potential future tariffs;
•
changes in consumer behavior and spending due to the impact of macroeconomic factors;
•
changes in price of goods sold in our stores and cost of goods used in our food products due to change in various state and federal
government regulations;
•
our inability to execute on our standalone business and value-creating strategies following the termination of the Merger Agreement with
Kroger due to prolonged uncertainties and restrictions on our business during the pendency of the Merger;
•
litigation in connection with the previously pending Merger and the termination of the Merger Agreement, resulting in ongoing costs that
we may be required to pay in connection with the lawsuit against Kroger, or our inability to collect the $600 million termination fee from
Kroger, and negative reactions from the financial markets and our suppliers, customers, and associates as a result of the litigation;
•
our ability to recruit and retain qualified associates who are critical to the success of our Customers for Life strategy;
•
failure to achieve productivity initiatives, unexpected changes in our objectives and plans, inability to implement our strategies, plans,
programs and initiatives, or enter into strategic transactions, investments or partnerships in the future on terms acceptable to us, or at all;
•
changes in wage rates and ability to negotiate acceptable contracts with labor unions;
•
challenges with our supply chain;
•
operational and financial effects resulting from cyber incidents at the Company or at a third party, including outages in the cloud
environment and the effectiveness of business continuity plans during a ransomware or other cyber incident; and
•
changes in tax rates, tax laws, and regulations that directly impact our business or our customers.
4

Table of Contents
All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary
statements and risk factors. Forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K reflect our view only as of the date of
this Annual Report. We undertake no obligation, other than as required by law, to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a
result of new information, future events or otherwise.
In evaluating our financial results and forward-looking statements, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties more fully described
in the section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K entitled "Risk Factors." Consequently, all of the forward-looking statements we make in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K are qualified by the information contained in this section and the information discussed under "Part I—Item 1A.
Risk Factors."
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
We define EBITDA as generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") earnings (net loss) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and
amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings (net loss) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to
eliminate the effects of items management does not consider in assessing our ongoing core performance. We define Adjusted net income as
GAAP net income adjusted to eliminate the effects of items management does not consider in assessing our ongoing core performance. We
define Adjusted net income per Class A common share as Adjusted net income divided by the weighted average diluted Class A common shares
outstanding, as adjusted to reflect all restricted stock units and awards outstanding at the end of the period, as well as the conversion of
Convertible Preferred Stock when it is antidilutive for GAAP. See "Part II—Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" for further discussion and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted net income and Adjusted net
income per Class A common share.
EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted net income and Adjusted net income per Class A common share (collectively, the "Non-GAAP
Measures") are performance measures that provide supplemental information we believe is useful to analysts and investors to evaluate our
ongoing results of operations, when considered alongside other GAAP measures such as net income, operating income, gross margin and net
income per Class A common share. These Non-GAAP Measures exclude the financial impact of items management does not consider in
assessing our ongoing core operating performance, and thereby provide useful measures to analysts and investors of our operating performance
on a period-to-period basis. Other companies may have different definitions of Non-GAAP Measures and provide for different adjustments, and
comparability to our results of operations may be impacted by such differences. We also use Adjusted EBITDA for board of director and bank
compliance reporting. Our presentation of Non-GAAP Measures should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected
by unusual or non-recurring items.
Non-GAAP Measures should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. We
compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using Non-GAAP Measures only for supplemental purposes.
5

Table of Contents
Item 1 - Business
Retail Operations
Albertsons is one of the largest food and drug retailers in the United States, with both strong local presence and national scale. As of
February 22, 2025, we operated 2,270 stores across 34 states and the District of Columbia under more than 20 well known banners including
Albertsons, Safeway, Vons, Pavilions, Randalls, Tom Thumb, Carrs, Jewel-Osco, ACME, Shaw's, Star Market, United Supermarkets, Market
Street, Haggen, Kings Food Markets and Balducci's Food Lovers Market. Additionally, as of February 22, 2025, we operated 1,728 in-store
pharmacies, 1,313 in-store branded coffee shops, 405 associated fuel centers, 22 dedicated distribution centers, 19 manufacturing facilities and
various digital platforms. Our stores operate in premier locations and have leading market share within attractive and growing geographies. We
hold a #1 or #2 position by market share in 66% of the 122 metropolitan statistical areas ("MSAs") in which we operate. Our portfolio of well-
located, full-service stores provides the foundation of our omnichannel platform, and we have continued to enhance our capabilities, including
automated self-checkout options, to meet customer demand for convenience and flexibility. Our Drive Up & Go curbside pickup service and our
delivery services are each offered in more than 2,200 of our stores. In our delivery service, we engage customers on the platform of their choice,
providing customers the ability to place delivery orders from our platform as well as delivery orders placed through our third-party partners. We
continue to partner with Instacart, DoorDash and Uber, and in fiscal 2024 we launched a partnership with Grubhub. Our Customers for Life
strategy is centered around driving customer growth and engagement through digital connection, enhancing the customer value proposition,
modernizing capabilities through technology and driving productivity. We also manufacture and process some of the food for sale in our stores.
We seek to tailor our offerings to local demographics and preferences of the markets in which we operate. Our Locally Great, Nationally Strong
operating structure empowers decision making at the local level, which we believe better serves our customers and communities, while also
providing the technology platforms, systems, analytics and buying power afforded by an organization with national scale.
Segments
We are engaged in the operation of food and drug retail stores that offer grocery products, general merchandise, health and beauty care products,
pharmacy, fuel and other items and services in our stores or through digital channels. Our retail operating divisions are geographically based,
have similar economic characteristics and similar expected long-term financial performance. Our operating segments and reporting units are
made up of our operating divisions, which are reported in one reportable segment. Each reporting unit constitutes a business for which discrete
financial information is available and for which management regularly reviews the operating results and makes key operating decisions on how
to allocate resources. Across all operating segments, the Company operates primarily one store format. Each division offers, through its stores
and digital channels, the same general mix of products with similar pricing to similar categories of customers, has similar distribution methods,
operates in similar regulatory environments and purchases merchandise from similar or the same vendors.
Products
Our stores offer grocery products, general merchandise, health and beauty care products, pharmacy, vaccines, fuel and other items and services.
We are not dependent on any individual supplier; only one third-party supplier represented more than 5% of our sales for fiscal 2024.
Merchandising and Manufacturing
Our Own Brands portfolio provides high-quality products to our customers at an attractive price point, offering nearly 14,000 unique items. The
Own Brands portfolio includes but is not limited to the registered trademarks Signature SELECT®, O Organics®, Open Nature®, Signature
Café®, Lucerne®, Waterfront BISTRO®, Primo
6

Table of Contents
Taglio®, Signature Care®, Signature Reserve® and Value Corner®. Our Own Brands products resonate well with our customers, as evidenced
by Own Brands sales of $16.4 billion in fiscal 2024.
As measured by units for fiscal 2024, 10.5% of our Own Brands products were manufactured in Company-owned facilities, and the remainder
was purchased from third parties. We closely monitor make-versus-buy decisions to optimize their quality and profitability. In addition, we
believe that our scale provides opportunities to leverage our fixed manufacturing costs in order to drive innovation across our Own Brands
portfolio. As of February 22, 2025, we operated 19 food production plants. These plants consisted of seven milk plants, three soft drink bottling
plants, three bakery plants, two ice cream plants, two grocery/prepared food plants, one ice plant and one soup plant.
Intellectual Property
Our banners, brand image and Own Brands portfolio are significant to our business strategy. We own numerous registered trademarks and
service marks and seek to obtain and preserve intellectual property protection of our marks and to ensure that any third-party uses are properly
licensed.
Marketing and Advertising
Our marketing efforts involve collaboration between our national marketing and merchandising team and local divisions and stores. We augment
the local division teams with corporate resources and are focused on providing expertise, sharing best practices and leveraging scale in
partnership with leading consumer packaged goods vendors. Our corporate teams support divisions by providing strategic guidance in order to
drive key areas of our business, including pharmacy, general merchandise and our Own Brands. Our local marketing teams set brand strategy
and communicate brand messages through our integrated digital and physical marketing and advertising channels.
We devote significant resources to differentiating our banners in the local markets where we operate and invest in loyalty programs to drive
traffic through our omnichannel approach. Our local merchandising teams spend considerable time working with store directors to make sure we
are satisfying consumer preferences. We also strive to achieve and maintain favorable recognition of our Own Brands offerings by marketing
them to consumers and enhancing value for consumers, relative to the cost of branded products.
We measure price competitiveness through systematic, selective and thoughtful price investment to drive customer traffic and basket size. We
also use our loyalty program to target promotional activity and improve our customers' experience. This includes leveraging customer and
transaction information with data-driven analytics to provide both personalized deals and digital coupons, as well as fuel rewards and grocery
rewards, including automatic cash-off discounts. We have 45.6 million members currently enrolled in our loyalty program. We have achieved
significant success with active participants in our loyalty program, which drives higher sales and customer retention. We have deployed and are
continuing to refine cloud-based enterprise solutions to quickly process proprietary customer, product and transaction data and efficiently
provide our local managers with targeted marketing strategies for customers in their communities. In addition, we use data analytics to optimize
shelf assortment and space in our stores by continually and systematically reviewing the performance of each product.
In our digital strategies, we capitalize on our rich and proprietary data under our Albertsons Media Collective ("AMC"). AMC offers new and
existing business partners a robust digital marketing platform that reaches our extensive customer network and leverages our strong market
share, especially in the 66% of MSAs where we hold a #1 or #2 share position. We believe AMC will be a contributor to our growth and a profit
driver in the future.
Raw Materials
Various agricultural commodities constitute the principal raw materials used by us in the manufacture of our food products. Although historically
raw materials for our products have not been in short supply and have been readily
7

Table of Contents
available, see "Part I—Item 1A. Risk Factors" regarding the potential adverse impact on our results of operations due to the lack of, or reduced
availability of, raw materials.
Environmental
Our operations are subject to regulation under environmental laws, including those relating to waste management, air emissions and underground
storage tanks. In addition, as an owner and operator of commercial real estate, we may be subject to liability under applicable environmental
laws for clean-up of contamination at our facilities. Compliance with and clean-up liability under these laws has not had and is not expected to
have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition, liquidity or operating results.
We work hard to maintain the highest standards of environmental stewardship (including procuring and offering sustainably sourced products).
During fiscal 2024, we recycled nearly 800 million pounds of cardboard and more than 25 million pounds of plastic bags and film from our
operations and completed over 600 energy efficiency projects. We continually look for ways to reduce our packaging and lessen our
environmental impact, such as our recent Own Brands release of Bee Lightly Wines in fiscal 2024, distinguished by its unique flat bottle design
crafted from 100% recycled material that is 87% lighter than traditional glass bottles resulting in reduced transportation related emissions. This
innovative approach to wine packaging marks a first in the U.S. market, underscoring our commitment to recycled packaging solutions.
Human Capital
As one of the largest food and drug retailers in the U.S., serving 36.2 million customers per week, we recognize that our success and ability to
delight our customers lies in the engagement of our associates. We remain committed to attracting, developing and retaining associates by
fostering a culture of inclusion and belonging through a variety of associate resource groups, investments in talent development and supporting
the personal health and well-being of associates and their families.
As of February  22, 2025, we employed approximately 285,000 associates, of which approximately 62% were part-time and approximately
195,000 associates were covered by collective bargaining agreements. A significant number of our associates have long tenure and during fiscal
2024, more than 57,000 of our associates celebrated at least 15 years of service, and more than 42,000 associates celebrated over 20 years of
service.
We are proud to offer our associates a myriad of opportunities to grow and advance in their careers. We have a talent management process that is
designed to enable us to identify and assess talent across the organization and provide equal and consistent opportunities for employees to
develop their skills. Several levels of associates participate in our annual performance management process that includes goal setting, feedback
and development to support their personal growth and development. We engage associates across the organization to provide input through our
annual Associate Experience Survey. We hold regular town hall meetings where any employee can ask questions of executives and make their
voice heard.
We also offer formal and informal learning and development opportunities to all associates through synchronous, asynchronous and hybrid
experiences. These offerings include eLearning and on-demand content, virtual and in-person classes, on-the-job training, virtual reality and
mentoring programs. In addition to our internal learning offerings, through partnerships with third parties, we offer development programs and
conferences to our top talent based on nominations.
We are continually evaluating and developing our compensation and benefits programs to offer competitive wages and job-appropriate
compensation. Our benefits are designed to attract and retain our employees and vary from location, seniority and employment status. In addition
to comprehensive, accessible and affordable healthcare
8

Table of Contents
coverage, we offer paid time off, flexible work schedules, family leave, associate assistance programs and a 401(k)-retirement savings and
investment plan.
The health and safety of our associates remains at the forefront of our business, and we remain committed to the prevention of injury and illness
through strong health and safety management, employee empowerment and accountability, and strict compliance with health and safety
regulations. We are also focused on fostering a safe, open and accountable work environment and we provide a hotline for all associates to report
workplace concerns and violations.
Seasonality
Our business is generally not seasonal in nature, but a larger share of annual revenues may be generated in November and December due to the
major holidays.
Competitive Environment
See "Part I—Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Industry" for information related to our competitive environment.
Other Information
We maintain a website (www.Albertsonscompanies.com) that includes additional information about the Company. We make available through
our website, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K and our
interactive data files, including amendments to those reports. The information contained on or connected to our website is not incorporated by
reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K and should not be considered as part of this or any other report filed with or furnished with the
Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). These forms are available as soon as reasonably practicable after we have filed them with, or
furnished them electronically to, the SEC. Additionally, all of our filings with the SEC can be accessed on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov.
Executive Officers of the Registrant
The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers as of April 21, 2025:
Name
Age
Position
Vivek Sankaran
62
Chief Executive Officer; Director
Sharon McCollam
62
President, Chief Financial Officer
Susan Morris
56
Executive Vice President, Chief Operations Officer
Anuj Dhanda
62
Executive Vice President, Chief Technology & Transformation Officer
Omer Gajial
51
Executive Vice President, Chief Merchandising & Digital Officer
Thomas Moriarty
62
Executive Vice President, M&A and Corporate Affairs
Robert Backus
52
Executive Vice President, Retail Operations, East Region
Michelle Larson
48
Executive Vice President, Retail Operations, West Region
Michael Withers
65
Executive Vice President, Retail Operations, California Region
Evan Rainwater
62
Executive Vice President, Supply Chain, Manufacturing and Strategic Sourcing
Jennifer Saenz
47
Executive Vice President, Pharmacy & eCommerce
Michael Theilmann
61
Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer
Vivek Sankaran has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Director since September 2021, and our Chief Executive Officer, President and
Director since April 2019. Prior to joining the Company, since 2009 Mr. Sankaran
9

Table of Contents
served in various leadership and executive positions at PepsiCo, Inc. ("PepsiCo"), a multinational food, snack, and beverage corporation. From
January to March 2019, he served as Chief Executive Officer of PepsiCo Foods North America, a business unit within PepsiCo, where he led
PepsiCo's snack and convenient foods business. Prior to that position, Mr. Sankaran served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Frito-Lay
North America, a subsidiary of PepsiCo, from April 2016 to December 2018, its Chief Operating Officer from February to April 2016 and Chief
Commercial Officer, North America, of PepsiCo from 2014 to February 2016, where he led PepsiCo's cross-divisional performance across its
North American customers. Prior to joining PepsiCo in 2009, Mr. Sankaran was a partner at McKinsey and Company, where he served various
Fortune 100 companies, bringing a strong focus on strategy and operations. As previously announced, Mr. Sankaran will retire as Chief
Executive Officer on May 1, 2025.
Sharon McCollam has served as our President and Chief Financial Officer since September 2021. Ms. McCollam previously served as Executive
Vice President, Chief Administrative and Chief Financial Officer at Best Buy Co. Inc. ("Best Buy"), a multinational consumer electronics
retailer, from 2012 to 2016. Prior to Best Buy, Ms. McCollam held several transformational leadership positions at Williams-Sonoma, Inc., a
consumer retail company, from 2000 to 2012, including Chief Operating and Chief Financial Officer from 2006 to 2012.
Susan Morris has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer since January 2018. Ms. Morris has served in various
executive positions at the Company since 2010 including serving as our Executive Vice President, Retail Operations, West Region from April
2017 to January 2018 and Executive Vice President, Retail Operations, East Region from April 2016 to April 2017. Prior to joining the
Company, Ms. Morris served as Senior Vice President of Sales and Merchandising and Vice President of Customer Satisfaction at SuperValu. As
previously announced, Ms. Morris will succeed Mr. Sankaran as Chief Executive Officer on May 1, 2025.
Anuj Dhanda has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Technology & Transformation Officer since 2023 and as our Executive Vice
President and Chief Information Officer since joining the Company in December 2015. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Dhanda served as
Senior Vice President of Digital Commerce of the Giant Eagle supermarket chain from March to December 2015, and as its Chief Information
Officer from September 2013. Prior to Giant Eagle, from March 2008 to August 2013, Mr. Dhanda served as Chief Information Officer of PNC
Financial Services, a bank holding company and financial services corporation.
Omer Gajial has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Merchandising & Digital Officer since April 2024, as our Executive Vice
President of Health and Chief Digital Officer since August 2022, as our Executive Vice President of Pharmacy and Health since February 2022
and as our Senior Vice President, Rx Health and Wellness since September 2020. Prior to joining the Company, from January 2016 until August
2020, Mr. Gajial was the General Manager for Amazon Marketplace business, an e-commerce platform owned and operated by Amazon, across
Hardlines, Softlines, and Consumables categories for the U.S., Canada, and Mexico. At Amazon Mr. Gajial led sales, business development,
product, program, and fulfillment teams to launch strategic sellers into North America. Prior to Amazon, from July 2000 until December 2015,
Mr. Gajial held several positions of increasing responsibility at PepsiCo in Dubai and New York, before being named VP Global Strategy,
Category Management & Insights for PepsiCo's Walmart Customer team.
Thomas Moriarty has served as our Executive Vice President, M&A and Corporate Affairs since March 2025 and leads the functions of M&A,
Business Development, Government Relations, Corporate Communications, Sustainability and Legal. Mr. Moriarty served as our Executive Vice
President, General Counsel and Chief Policy Officer since June 2023. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Moriarty served as EVP, Chief Policy
and External Affairs Officer and General Counsel at CVS Health where he spent more than ten years in roles of increasing responsibility. Before
joining CVS Health, Mr. Moriarty spent twelve years at Medco Health Solutions, serving in various leadership roles in corporate strategy, legal
affairs, global supply chain management, and mergers and acquisitions.
10

Table of Contents
Robert Backus has served as our Executive Vice President of Retail Operations, East Region since April 2024. Mr. Backus previously served as
Shaw's Division President from 2020 and as Senior Vice President of Operations from 2016. Mr. Backus also served in various roles and
positions of increasing responsibility at Safeway prior to its merger with the Company dating back to October 1990.
Michelle Larson has served as our Executive Vice President of Retail Operations, West Region since April 2024. Ms. Larson previously served
as our Executive Vice President of Retail Operations, East Region since March 2023 and as our Southwest and Shaw’s Division President since
2018. Ms. Larson joined the Company in 2016 as Senior Vice President of Merchandising, Southwest.
Michael Withers has served as our Executive Vice President of Retail Operations, California since February 2025. Mr. Withers previously served
as President of our Jewel-Osco division from September 2019 and in various executive positions in the Company including as our Executive
Vice President of East Operations from 2017 to 2019. Mr. Withers has served in various roles and positions of increasing responsibility since
2006.
Evan Rainwater has served as our Executive Vice President, Supply Chain, Manufacturing and Strategic Sourcing since March 2020 and our
Senior Vice President, Supply Manufacturing since May 2019. Mr. Rainwater joined the Company in May 2005 as Vice President,
Manufacturing.
Jennifer Saenz has served as our Executive Vice President, Pharmacy & eCommerce since April 2024 and our Chief Merchandising Officer since
July 2021. Prior to joining the Company, since 2006, Ms. Saenz served in several executive positions at PepsiCo. From October 2019 until July
2021, Ms. Saenz served as Global Chief Marketing Officer for PepsiCo, and President, Global Foods, responsible for overseeing the marketing
function across foods and beverages and growing the PepsiCo Foods portfolio across all global markets. From January 2016 to October 2019
Ms. Saenz served as Senior Vice President & Chief Marketing Officer of PepsiCo Foods North America where she managed the business unit's
snacking portfolio.
Michael Theilmann has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer since August 2019. Prior to joining the
Company, Mr. Theilmann served as Global Practice Managing Partner, Human Resources Officers Practice, from February 2018 to August 2019,
and as Partner, Consumer Markets Practice, from June 2017 to January 2018, of Heidrick & Struggles International Incorporated, a worldwide
executive search firm.
Item 1A - Risk Factors
There are risks and uncertainties that can affect our business. The most significant risk factors are discussed below. The following information
should be read together with "Part II—Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" of this
Form 10-K, which includes forward-looking statements and factors that could cause us not to realize our goals or meet our expectations.
Risks Related to Our Business and Operations
General economic conditions affecting the food and drug retail industry and various operating factors may affect our business and may
adversely affect our business and operating results.
Our operations and financial performance are affected by economic conditions such as macroeconomic factors, credit market conditions, tariffs
and trade disruptions and the level of consumer confidence. Both inflation and deflation affect our business. Food deflation could reduce sales
growth and earnings, while food inflation could reduce gross margin rates and consumer spending. We have observed increased inflation periods
during the past several years with varying impacts on our business. We are unable to predict the direction of the economy or if inflation will
increase materially or revert to deflation. A continued increase in energy costs, including fuel, could also have an effect on consumer spending
and on our costs of producing and procuring products that we sell. If the
11

Table of Contents
economy weakens, energy costs continue to increase or inflationary trends continue, our business and operating results could be adversely
affected. We may also experience materially adverse impacts to our business as a result of consumers' perceptions of the economy, and a
decrease in their personal financial condition could hurt overall consumer confidence and reduce demand for many of our product offerings.
Consumers may reduce spending on non-essential items, purchase value-oriented products or increasingly rely on food discounters in an effort to
secure the food and drug products that they need, all of which could impact our sales and profit. Governmental and regulatory changes and
reductions in governmental subsidies such as the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program ("SNAP") could also materially impact our
business adversely.
We compete within our industry not only for customers, but also for associates. We have faced a competitive labor market due to labor cost
increases, labor shortages and turnover. Our inability to invest in, manage costs and keep pace with technological changes, including those
adopted by our competitors, may adversely impact our business initiatives and affect our financial performance. We may be limited in our ability
to implement automation-related technological changes in certain of our operations if we are unable to negotiate appropriate terms in our
contracts with our labor unions. Our success is also dependent in large part upon our ability to maintain and enhance the goodwill and reputation
of our banners, our customers’ connection to our banners, and a positive relationship with the communities in which we serve. Additionally, acts
of violence at, or threatened against, our stores, including active shooter situations, may, in addition to other operational impact, result in damage
and restricted access to our stores and/or store closures for short or extended periods of time, all of which could materially adversely affect our
financial performance.
Our operations are dependent upon the availability of a significant amount of energy and fuel to manufacture, store, transport and sell
products.
Our operations are dependent upon the availability of a significant amount of energy and fuel to manufacture, store, transport and sell products.
Energy and fuel costs are influenced by domestic and international political and economic circumstances and have experienced volatility both
recently and over time. While we have entered into contracts to reduce the impact of volatile energy and fuel costs for our future energy needs,
volatility that exceeds offsetting contractual arrangements could adversely affect our results of operations.
Failure to realize anticipated benefits from our productivity initiatives could adversely affect our financial performance and competitive
position.
While we have identified and are implementing a broad range of specific productivity initiatives to help offset cost inflation, increase growth and
improve earnings, the savings from these productivity initiatives represent management's estimates and remain subject to risks and uncertainties.
There can be no assurance that all of our initiatives will be successful or that we will realize the estimated benefits in the currently anticipated
amounts or timeframe, if at all. Also, certain of our initiatives may involve up-front costs or significant changes to our operating processes and
systems that could result in disruptions in our operations and impact our results of operations.
We may be adversely impacted by environmental, social and governance matters, including inability to meet goals and commitments that we
establish in relation to such matters.
In recent years, there has been focus from investors, governmental and nongovernmental entities, and the public on environmental, social and
governance ("ESG") matters, including greenhouse gas emissions, renewable energy, packaging and waste, practices related to sustainable
supply chain, energy and water use, human rights, animal rights and social commitment. A variety of organizations evaluate, and measure the
performance of, companies on such ESG matters, and the results of these assessments can be widely publicized. We have historically established
and publicly announced certain goals, commitments, and targets which we may change in the future. Execution of our ESG strategies to achieve
these goals, commitments, and targets are subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which may be outside of our control and prove to be more
costly than we anticipated. These risks and uncertainties
12

Table of Contents
include, but are not limited to, our ability to achieve our goals, commitments, and targets within the currently projected costs and the expected
timeframes; governmental and nongovernmental responses to certain ESG goals; unforeseen operational and technological difficulties; changes
in investment assessments or increases in projected investments and our ability to invest accordingly; changes in frameworks we have agreed to;
actions by our competitors in setting or achieving similar goals; the outcome of research efforts and future technology developments; and the
success of our collaborations with third parties. Any failure, or perceived failure, to achieve our ESG goals, commitments, and targets, or
perceived lack of intensity of our commitment to ESG initiatives or to otherwise meet evolving and varied stakeholder expectations could
damage our reputation and customer, investor and other stakeholder relationships, and may even result in regulatory enforcement action. Our
ESG commitments may also encounter pushback from parties with "anti-ESG" sentiments, which could subject us to scrutiny and reputational
harm. Such conditions could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Related to Our Industry
Competition in our industry is intense, and our failure to compete successfully may adversely affect our profitability and operating results.
The food and drug retail industry is large and dynamic, characterized by intense competition among a collection of local, regional and national
participants. In addition to new entrants to the market, we face strong competition from existing supercenters, other brick and mortar food and/or
drug retailers, club stores, dollar and discount stores, grocery outlets, online retailers and distributors, specialty and niche supermarkets, "limited
assortment" stores, drug stores, general merchandisers, wholesale stores, convenience stores, natural food stores, farmers' markets, local chains
and stand-alone stores that cater to the individual cultural preferences of specific neighborhoods, restaurants, catering companies and home
delivery and meal solution companies. Shifts in the competitive landscape, consumer preference or market share may have an adverse effect on
our profitability and results of operations.
As a result of consumers' growing desire to shop online, we also face increasing competition from both our existing competitors that have
incorporated the internet as a direct-to-consumer channel and online providers that sell grocery products. Although we have accelerated the
expansion of our digital business to offer our customers the ability to shop online for both Drive Up & Go curbside pickup and home delivery,
there is no assurance that these online initiatives will continue to be successful. In addition, these initiatives may have an adverse impact on our
profitability because of lower gross margins or greater operating costs to compete.
Our ability to attract customers is dependent, in large part, upon a combination of channel preference, location, store conditions, quality, fresh,
price, service, convenience and selection and our ability to leverage existing and emerging digital technologies. In each of these areas, other
companies compete with us and may successfully attract our customers by matching or exceeding what we offer or by providing greater
shopping convenience or better offerings. In recent years, many of our competitors have aggressively added locations and adopted a multi-
channel approach to marketing and advertising. Our responses to competitive pressures, such as additional promotions, increased advertising,
additional capital investment including for development of our digital offerings and retail media network, could adversely affect our profitability
and cash flow. We cannot guarantee that our competitive response will succeed in increasing or maintaining our share of retail food sales.
An increasingly competitive industry and inflation and deflation in the prices of certain foods have made it difficult for food retailers to achieve
positive identical sales growth on a consistent basis. We and our competitors have attempted to maintain or grow our respective share of retail
food sales through capital and price investment, increased promotional activity and new and remodeled stores, creating a more difficult
environment to consistently increase year-over-year sales. Some of our primary competitors are larger than us, have greater financial resources
available to them or sell a diversified mix of non-food products, and, therefore, may be able to devote greater
13

Table of Contents
resources to grow their share of retail food sales or offset lower food margins with higher-margin non-food products. Price investment by our
competitors has also adversely affected our operating margins.
Our continued success to effectively compete in the food retail industry is dependent upon our ability to control operating expenses, replicate
competitor capabilities, make appropriate investments, manage product and labor costs in an increasingly competitive labor market and health
care and pension costs stipulated by our collective bargaining agreements. Several of our primary competitors are larger than we are, or are not
subject to collective bargaining agreements. This allows them to more effectively leverage their fixed costs or more easily reduce operating
expenses. Changes in our product mix also may negatively affect our profitability. Our inability to adequately control and prevent shrink has
impacted our results of operations and could impact our results of operations in the future. Failure to accomplish our objectives could impair our
ability to compete successfully and adversely affect our profitability. Profit margins in the food retail industry are low. In order to increase or
maintain our profit margins, we develop operating strategies to increase revenues, increase gross margins and reduce costs, such as new
marketing programs, new advertising campaigns, productivity improvements, shrink-reduction initiatives, distribution center efficiencies,
manufacturing efficiencies, energy efficiencies and other similar strategies. Our failure to achieve forecasted revenue growth, gross margin
improvement or cost reductions could have a material adverse effect on our profitability and operating results.
We may not timely identify or effectively respond to consumer trends, which could negatively affect our relationship with our customers, the
demand for our products and services and our market share.
Because we face intense competition, our success depends, in part, on effectively anticipating evolving trends in demographics and responding to
changing consumer preferences and demands. It is difficult to predict consistently and successfully the products and services our customers will
demand over time. Failure to timely identify or effectively respond to changing consumer tastes, preferences and spending patterns could lead us
to offer our customers a mix of products, methods to purchase products or a level of pricing that they do not find attractive. This could negatively
affect our relationship with our customers, leading them to reduce their visits to our stores, purchase less through other methods and decrease the
amount they spend. Further, while we have significantly expanded our digital capabilities and grown our loyalty programs over the last several
years, as technology advances, and as the way our customers interact with technology changes, we will need to continue to develop and offer
digital, loyalty and media solutions that are both cost effective and compelling to our customers. Our failure to anticipate or respond to customer
expectations for products, services, digital and loyalty programs could negatively affect the demand for our products and services and our market
share which may adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.
Consolidation in the healthcare industry could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Many organizations in the healthcare industry have consolidated to create larger healthcare enterprises with greater market power, which has
resulted in increased pricing pressures. If this consolidation trend continues, it could give the resulting enterprises even greater bargaining power,
which may lead to further pressure on the prices for our pharmacy products and services. If these pressures result in reductions in our prices, we
will become less profitable unless we are able to achieve corresponding reductions in costs, increase productivity or develop profitable new
revenue streams. We expect that market demand, government regulation, third-party reimbursement policies, government contracting
requirements, litigation and societal pressures will continue to cause the healthcare industry to evolve, potentially resulting in further business
consolidations and alliances among the industry participants we engage with, which may adversely impact our financial condition and results of
operations.
14

Table of Contents
Certain risks are inherent in providing pharmacy products and services, and our insurance may not be adequate to cover any claims against
us.
We currently operate 1,728 in-store pharmacies. As a result, we are exposed to risks inherent in the packaging, dispensing, billing, display,
distribution and disposal of pharmaceuticals and other healthcare products, including risks of liability for products such as opioids. Although we
maintain insurance against such liabilities, we cannot guarantee that the coverage limits under our insurance programs will be adequate to protect
us against future claims, or that we will be able to maintain this insurance on acceptable terms in the future, or at all for healthcare and
pharmaceutical liabilities. Our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows may be materially adversely affected if in the future our
insurance coverage proves to be inadequate or unavailable, or there is an increase in the liability for which we self-insure, or we suffer harm to
our reputation because of an error or omission. Also, our business operations and operating results could be materially adversely impacted by
legislative, enforcement, regulatory, judicial and public policy changes.
We are subject to numerous federal and state regulations. Each of our in-store pharmacies are enrolled in government healthcare programs and
must be licensed by the respective state government. The licensing and enrollment requirements vary from state to state. An additional
registration certificate must be granted by the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, and, in some states, a separate controlled substance license
must be obtained to dispense controlled substances. In addition, pharmacies selling controlled substances are required to maintain extensive
records and often report information to state and federal agencies. If we fail to comply with existing or future laws and regulations, we could
suffer substantial civil or criminal penalties, including the loss of our licenses to operate pharmacies and our ability to participate in federal and
state healthcare programs. Because of the severe penalties we could face, we must devote significant operational and managerial resources to
complying with these laws and regulations. Application of federal and state laws and regulations could subject our current practices to
allegations of impropriety or illegality, or could require us to make significant changes to our operations. In addition, we cannot predict the
impact of future legislation and regulatory changes on our pharmacy operations or assure that we will be able to obtain or maintain the regulatory
approvals required to operate our pharmacy business.
Risks Related to Our Supply Chain
Product and raw material supply disruptions, especially those related to fresh products, may have an adverse effect on our profitability and
operating results.
Reflecting consumer preferences, we have a significant focus on fresh products. We rely on various suppliers and vendors to provide and deliver
our fresh and other product inventory on a continuous basis and to supply the raw materials to manufacture certain of our Own Brands products.
We could suffer significant fresh and other product inventory losses and significant lost revenue in the event of the loss or a shutdown of a major
supplier or vendor, disruption of our distribution network, extended power outages, natural disasters, current and future tariffs arising from
international trade disputes, foreign conflicts or other catastrophic or unexpected occurrences such as a pandemic like COVID-19. We expect our
suppliers to comply with applicable laws, including labor, safety and environmental laws. Our ability to find qualified suppliers who uphold our
standards and requirements for products, including fresh, and to access such products in a timely and operationally efficient manner in volumes
we may demand may become a significant challenge.
Severe weather, natural disasters and other climate changes may adversely affect our business.
Severe weather conditions such as hurricanes, earthquakes, floods, wildfires, mudslides, winter storms, tornadoes, as well as other natural
disasters in areas in which we have stores or distribution centers have caused and may cause physical damage to our properties, closure of one or
more of our stores, manufacturing facilities or distribution centers, lack of an adequate work force, disruption in the manufacture and supply of
products, disruption and delays
15

Table of Contents
in transportation and delivery of goods, inability of our workforce to work at our facilities, reduction in customer traffic and generally a
reduction in the availability of products in our stores.
In addition, adverse climate conditions, weather patterns and their respective impacts such as drought, flood, wildfires, mudslides and changing
ambient temperatures adversely impact product cultivation conditions for farmers, ranchers and fishermen, including by disrupting ecosystems
and severely altering the growing conditions, nutrient levels, soil moisture, and water availability necessary for the growth and cultivation of
crops and raising of animals. As extreme shifts in climate conditions make it more difficult to raise and produce crops, livestock, and seafood,
there may be a decrease in the product quality and the yield quantity of food products. Consequently, such a decreased food supply may
adversely affect the availability or cost of certain products within the grocery supply chain, which could lead to shortages or reduced gross profit
margins as such products become more expensive. At the global level, the impact of climate change on food supply is more likely to lead to food
insecurity in countries which, unlike the United States, have climates insufficient to sustain diverse food production. Thus, there may be
increased demand for agricultural exports from regions that experience production difficulties yet have sufficient wealth to purchase imports.
This may impact the availability of products for us to purchase.
In addition, legislative and regulatory efforts to combat climate change or other environmental issues could result in new or more stringent forms
of oversight and mandatory or voluntary reporting, diligence and disclosure, which could increase costs, result in additional taxes and other
expenses, and further impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Threats or potential threats to food and drug safety, the occurrence of a widespread health epidemic and/or pandemic or regulatory concerns
in our supply chain may adversely affect our business.
Acts or threats, whether perceived or real, of war or terror or other criminal activity directed at the food and drug industry or the transportation
industry, whether or not directly involving our stores, could increase our operating costs or impact general consumer behavior and consumer
spending. Other events that give rise to actual or potential food contamination, drug contamination or food-borne illnesses, or a widespread
regional, national or global health epidemic and/or pandemic could have an adverse effect on our operating results or disrupt production and
delivery of the products we sell, our ability to appropriately and safely staff our stores and cause customers to avoid public gathering places or
otherwise change their shopping behaviors. We source our products from vendors and suppliers and related networks across the globe who may
be subject to regulatory actions or face criticism due to actual or perceived social injustices, including human trafficking, non-sustainable
practices, child labor or environmental, health and safety violations. A disruption in our supply chain due to any regulatory action or social
injustice could have an adverse impact on our supply chain and ultimately our business, including potential harm to our reputation.
We could be affected if consumers lose confidence in the food supply chain or the quality and safety of our products.
We could be adversely affected if consumers lose confidence in the safety and quality of certain food products. Adverse publicity about these
types of concerns, whether valid or not, may discourage consumers from buying our products or cause production and delivery disruptions. To
the extent that a pathogen is food-borne, or perceived to be food-borne, future outbreaks may adversely affect the price and availability of certain
food products and cause our customers to eat less of such products. In addition, recalls or withdrawals of food products, and in particular the
food products we manufacture or are sold under any of our Own Brands product names, may involve costs to us, the inability to sell those
products or reputational harm to us. The real or perceived sale of contaminated food products by us could result in product liability claims, a loss
of consumer confidence in our products and product recalls or withdrawals, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
16

Table of Contents
Fuel prices and availability may adversely affect our results of operations.
We currently operate 405 fuel centers that are adjacent to many of our store locations. As a result, we sell a significant amount of gasoline and
diesel fuel. Increased regulation or significant increases in wholesale fuel costs and fuel taxes could result in lower gross margins on fuel sales,
and demand could be negatively impacted by retail price increases as well as by concerns about the effect of emissions on the environment. We
are unable to predict future regulations, environmental effects, political unrest, geopolitical tensions, hostilities or boycotts, acts of terrorism, the
actions of major oil producing countries to regulate oil production and other matters that may affect the cost and availability of fuel, and how our
customers will react to any of the preceding matters, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
Increased commodity prices may adversely impact our profitability.
Many of our own and sourced products include ingredients such as wheat, corn, oils, milk, sugar, proteins, cocoa and other commodities.
Commodity prices can be volatile and can be impacted by global conflicts such as the impact on wheat and corn prices by the armed conflict
between Russia and Ukraine and tariffs arising from international trade disputes, trade wars and inflation. For example, the recently implemented
tariffs on products imported from certain countries may increase commodity prices for products. Any increase in commodity prices may cause an
increase in our input costs or the prices our vendors seek from us. Although we typically are able to pass on modest commodity price increases
or mitigate vendor efforts to increase our costs, we may be unable to continue to do so, either in whole or in part, if commodity prices increase
materially or there are significant inflationary pressures. If we are forced to increase prices, our customers may reduce their purchases at our
stores or trade down to less profitable products. Both may adversely impact our profitability as a result of reduced revenue or reduced margins.
Risks Relating to the Terminated Merger with Kroger
Our inability to execute on our standalone business strategies following the termination of the Merger Agreement could have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
From October 2022 to December 2024, the uncertainties and restrictions on our business imposed by the Merger Agreement limited us from
pursuing certain business opportunities and taking actions which may have been beneficial to our business and operations during this period. If
we are unable to successfully optimize the acceleration of our Customers for Life strategy and other value-creating initiatives after the
termination of the Merger Agreement, our business, operating results or financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
The termination of the Merger Agreement and the related legal proceedings may cause us to incur substantial costs and could otherwise
adversely affect our business, financial results and operations.
As disclosed elsewhere in this Form 10-K, the Company has filed a lawsuit against Kroger in the Delaware Court of Chancery, bringing claims
for willful breach of contract and breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing arising from Kroger's failure to exercise "best efforts" and
to take "any and all actions" to secure regulatory approval, as was required of Kroger under the terms of the Merger Agreement. Kroger also
delivered a termination notice to the Company, alleging that the Company's termination notice was not effective, and that Kroger had no
obligation to pay the $600 million termination fee because the Company allegedly failed to perform and comply in all material respects with its
covenants under the Merger Agreement. Kroger has also filed counterclaims against us for alleged breaches of the Merger Agreement. In
addition to our litigation with Kroger, we may face other lawsuits related to the terminated Merger. We intend to vigorously defend against these
and any other legal proceedings arising from the terminated Merger Agreement, but due to the uncertainties inherent in any legal proceedings,
we cannot predict an outcome. Also, legal proceedings are expensive and could result in significant costs to us, including any costs we may be
required to pay in connection with the legal proceedings with Kroger. These
17

Table of Contents
significant costs, along with our inability to collect the termination fee of $600 million from Kroger could have a material adverse effect on our
business, operating results, and financial condition.
Risks Related to Our Workforce
A significant majority of our employees are unionized, and our relationship with unions, including labor disputes or work stoppages, could
have an adverse impact on our operations and financial results.
As of February  22, 2025, approximately 195,000 of our employees were covered by collective bargaining agreements. During fiscal 2024,
collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 17,500 employees expired and were successfully renegotiated. In fiscal 2025 collective
bargaining agreements covering approximately 120,000 employees are scheduled to expire. In future negotiations with labor unions, we expect
that health care, pension costs and/or contributions and wage costs, among other issues, will be important topics for negotiation. If, upon the
expiration of such collective bargaining agreements, we are unable to negotiate acceptable contracts with labor unions, it could result in strikes
by the affected workers and significantly disrupt our operations. As part of our collective bargaining agreements, we may need to fund additional
pension contributions, which would negatively impact our operating costs.
Increased pension expenses, contributions and surcharges may have an adverse impact on our financial results.
We currently contribute to 27 multiemployer pension plans for a substantial majority of employees represented by unions pursuant to collective
bargaining agreements that require us to contribute to these plans. Under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
("ERISA"), the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (the "PBGC") has the authority to petition a court to terminate an underfunded pension
plan in limited circumstances. In the event that our defined benefit pension plans are terminated for any reason, we could be liable for the entire
amount of the underfunding, as calculated by the PBGC based on its own assumptions (which would result in a larger obligation than that based
on the actuarial assumptions used to fund such plans). Under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the "Code"), the liability under
these defined benefit plans is joint and several with all members of our control group (participating ACI consolidated subsidiaries), such that
each member of our control group is potentially liable for the defined benefit plans of each other member of the control group.
Based on an assessment of the most recent information available, we believe that a majority of the multiemployer plans to which we contribute
are underfunded, which is the amount by which the actuarial determined plan liabilities exceed the value of the plan assets. We are only one of a
number of employers contributing to these plans and the underfunding of any of these plans to which we contribute are not our liability. Though
we are not obligated nor the guarantor for any of the underfunding of multiemployer plans to which we contribute, as of December 31, 2024, we
attempted to estimate our allocable share of the underfunding of multiemployer plans to which we contribute, based on the ratio of our
contributions to the total of all contributions to these plans in a year. Our estimate is based on the most current information available to us
including actuarial evaluations and other data (that includes the estimates of others), and such information may be outdated or otherwise
unreliable. Our estimate could also change based on the amount contributed to the plans, investment returns on the assets held in the plans,
actions taken by trustees who manage the plans' benefit payments, interest rates, the amount of withdrawal liability payments made to the plans,
if the employers currently contributing to these plans cease participation, and requirements under the Pension Protection Act of 2006, the
Multiemployer Pension Reform Act of 2014 and applicable provisions of the Code.
Our estimate of the Company's allocable share of the underfunding of multiemployer plans to which we contribute was approximately $4.9
billion. The American Rescue Plan Act ("ARP Act") established a special financial assistance program for financially troubled multiemployer
pension plans. Under the ARP Act, eligible multiemployer plans can apply to receive funding in the amount needed to pay pension benefits
through the plan year ending 2051. We participate in 15 multiemployer plans eligible for the special financial assistance, of which
18

Table of Contents
four have received special financial assistance funds as of February  22, 2025, reducing our estimated $4.9 billion allocable share of the
underfunding to approximately $3.6 billion. For additional information, see "Part II—Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Multiemployer Pension Plans."
In the event we were to exit certain markets or otherwise cease contributing to multiemployer plans, we could trigger a substantial withdrawal
liability. Such withdrawal liability may have a material adverse impact on our financial results. We are also the sponsors of defined benefit
retirement plans for certain employees. The funded status of these plans is a significant factor in determining annual pension expense and cash
contributions to fund the plans. Unfavorable investment performance, increased pension expense and cash contributions may have an adverse
impact on our financial results.
Wages continue to increase and are subject to factors outside of our control. Changes to wage regulations could have an impact on our
future results of operations.
A considerable number of our employees are paid at rates related to the federal minimum wage. Additionally, many of our stores are located in
localities or states where the minimum wage is greater than the federal minimum wage and where a considerable number of employees receive
compensation equal to the state's minimum wage which are also slated to increase over the next few years. Moreover, municipalities may set
minimum wages above the applicable state standards. Increases in the federal minimum wage or the enactment of additional state or local
minimum wage increases are increasing our labor costs, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
The food retail industry is labor intensive. Our ability to meet our labor needs, while controlling wage and labor-related costs, is subject to
numerous external factors, including the availability of qualified persons in the workforce in the local markets in which we are located,
unemployment levels within those markets, prevailing wage rates, changing demographics, attitudes toward employment in the food and drug
retail industry, the perception of our corporate values and business strategy, health and other insurance costs and changes in employment and
labor laws. Such laws related to employee hours, wages, job classification and benefits could significantly increase our operating costs. In the
event of increasing wage rates, if we fail to increase our wages competitively, the quality of our workforce could decline, causing our customer
service to suffer, while increasing wages for our employees could cause our gross margins to decrease. If we are unable to hire and retain
employees capable of meeting our business needs and expectations, our business and brand image may be impaired. Any failure to meet our
staffing needs or any material increase in turnover rates of our employees may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial
condition.
Failure to attract and retain qualified associates could materially adversely affect our financial performance and our ability to successfully
execute our business strategy.
Our ability to continue to conduct and expand our operations depends on our ability to attract and retain a large and growing number of qualified
associates. Our ability to meet our labor needs, including our ability to find qualified personnel to fill positions that become vacant at our
existing stores and distribution centers, while controlling our associate wage and related labor costs, is generally subject to numerous external
factors, including the availability of a sufficient number of qualified persons in the work force of the markets in which we operate,
unemployment levels within those markets, prevailing wage rates, changing demographics, attitudes toward employment in the food and drug
retail industry, the perception of our corporate values and business strategy, health and other insurance costs and adoption of new or revised
employment and labor laws and regulations. If we are unable to locate, to train, to attract or to retain qualified personnel, the quality of service
we provide to our customers may decrease and our financial performance may be adversely affected. We believe that our success is directly
linked to the competent people in the Company, including our executive officers and other key personnel. Personnel turnover can be costly and
could materially and adversely impact our operating results and potentially jeopardize the success of our
19

Table of Contents
Customers for Life strategy. Our business and operating results may be adversely impacted if we fail to retain and recruit key personnel.
Legal and Regulatory Risks
Unfavorable changes in government regulation may have a material adverse effect on our business.
We operate our business within strict and complex regulatory environments and could be materially adversely affected by changes to, and/or any
failure to comply with, existing and new legal requirements. In addition, our industry faces significant political, societal, and media scrutiny, and
we may be subject to frequent or increasing challenges which may impact our reputation and business. Additionally, shifts in enforcement
practices or regulatory scrutiny generally cannot be anticipated or predicted or our predictions may not be accurate. If we fail to predict or
respond adequately to regulatory changes or expanding disclosure requirements, or do not respond as effectively as our competitors, our
reputation, business, operations, and financial performance may be adversely affected. Political, governmental, and regulatory regimes and
practices can evolve as a result of elections or other events beyond our control. Such changes, including those which have and may occur under
the new administration, are unpredictable and may have negative impacts on our business and operations. Compliance with laws, regulations,
policies, and enforcement practices may become challenging requiring operational changes which may be difficult to implement, increase our
operating costs, require significant capital expenditures, or result in adverse publicity and harm our reputation.
Tax matters could adversely affect our results of operations and financial conditions.
We may be affected by higher rates of federal, state, or local tax imposed as a result of political developments or economic conditions, which
could adversely affect our earnings. Our future tax liability could be adversely affected by regulatory and legal changes, the results of tax audits
and examinations, and changes in accounting policies and interpretations relating to tax matters, all of which could negatively impact our
business. In addition, changes in tax rates, tax laws, and regulations that impact our customers or the economy generally may also impact our
financial condition and results of operations.
Unfavorable changes in, failure to comply with, or increased costs to comply with environmental laws and regulations could adversely affect
us. The storage and sale of petroleum products could expose us to potentially significant liabilities.
Our operations, including our 405 fuel centers, are subject to various laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment,
including those governing the storage, management, disposal and cleanup of hazardous materials. Some environmental laws, such as the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act and similar state statutes, impose strict, and under certain
circumstances joint and several, liability for costs to remediate a contaminated site, and also impose liability for damages to natural resources.
Third-party claims in connection with releases of, or exposure to, hazardous materials relating to our current or former properties or third-party
waste disposal sites can also arise. In addition, the presence of contamination at any of our properties could impair our ability to sell or lease the
contaminated properties or to borrow money using any of these properties as collateral. The costs and liabilities associated with any such
contamination could be substantial and could have a material adverse effect on our business. Under current environmental laws, we may be held
responsible for the remediation of environmental conditions regardless of whether we lease, sublease or own the stores or other facilities and
regardless of whether such environmental conditions were created by us or a prior owner or tenant. In addition, the increased focus on climate
change, waste management and other environmental issues may result in new environmental laws or regulations that negatively affect us directly
or indirectly through increased costs on our suppliers. There can be no assurance that environmental contamination relating to prior, existing or
future sites or other environmental changes will not adversely affect us through, for example, business interruption, cost of remediation or
adverse publicity.
20

Table of Contents
We are subject to, and may in the future be subject to, legal or other proceedings that could have a material adverse effect on us.
In the course of conducting our business, arising in or outside of the ordinary course, we are and may become a party to various legal
proceedings, including class actions in matters involving personnel and employment issues, federal and state wage and hour laws, personal
injury, antitrust claims based on both federal and state law, packaging or product claims, claims related to the sale of drug or pharmacy products,
such as opioids, claims invoking consumer-protection statutes, intellectual property claims and fiduciary and securities claims. We may also
become subject to governmental and regulatory inquiries related to our operations. We estimate our exposure to legal proceedings and establish
reserves for the estimated liabilities. We are unable to predict the outcome of any litigation, investigation or any action by governmental entities
and can provide no assurance as to the scope and outcome of these matters and whether our business, financial position, results of operations or
cash flows will not be materially adversely affected.
The inability to insure or have adequate amounts of insurance against the risks we face may have a material adverse impact on our results of
operations.
We estimate the liabilities associated with the risks retained by us, in part, by considering historical claims experience, demographic and severity
factors and other actuarial assumptions which, by their nature, are subject to a high degree of variability. Among the causes of this variability are
unpredictable external factors affecting future inflation rates, discount rates, litigation trends, legal interpretations, benefit level changes and
claim settlement patterns. The majority of our workers' compensation liability is from claims occurring in California, where workers'
compensation has received intense scrutiny from the state's politicians, insurers, employers and providers, as well as the public in general. State-
specific statutes and legislation may result in an increase to our workers' compensation liability, which could have a material adverse impact on
our results of operations.
Risks Related to Information Security, Cybersecurity, Data Privacy and Evolving Technologies
We may be adversely affected by risks related to our dependence on IT systems. Any future changes to or intrusion into these IT systems,
even if we are compliant with industry security standards, could materially adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.
We have complex information technology systems that are important to the success of our business operations, financial reporting and marketing
initiatives. Our information systems are subject to outages, unplanned downtime, program transitions, breakdowns, ransomware attacks, denial
of service attacks, malware and other cyber incidents. If we fail to timely or successfully mitigate such adverse events affecting these systems, or
experience difficulties accessing the proprietary business data stored in these systems, or in maintaining, expanding or upgrading existing
systems or implementing new systems, we could incur significant losses to our business and operations. These risks may be further exacerbated
by the deployment and use of cloud-based enterprise solutions. In a cloud computing environment, we are subject to outages by third-party
service providers and security breaches to their systems, which we may have little control over. In the case of a cloud computing outage, the
reconstitution of our business services running on those computing resources will be dependent on the third-party hosting provider restoring
availability.
Improper activities by third parties, exploitation of encryption technology, new data-hacking tools and discoveries and other events or
developments may result in future intrusions into or compromise of our networks, payment card terminals or other payment systems.
We regularly defend against and respond to data security incidents. While we are vigilant in monitoring the security of our information
technology systems, we may not be able to prevent all unauthorized access or remediate the
21

Table of Contents
impact of such unauthorized access. The techniques used by cyber criminals change frequently and often cannot be recognized until launched
against a target; accordingly, we may not be able to anticipate these frequently changing techniques, implement adequate preventive measures
for all of them or remediate any unauthorized access on a timely basis. In addition, ongoing geopolitical conflicts and the development of
sophisticated artificial intelligence systems may increase the risk of cyberattacks which could impact our operations. Any unauthorized access
into our customers' sensitive information, data belonging to us or our vendors or employee data, even if we are compliant with industry security
standards, could put us at a competitive disadvantage, result in deterioration of our customers', vendors' and employees' confidence in us and
subject us to investigations, required notifications or public disclosures, potential litigation, liability, fines and penalties and consent decrees,
resulting in a possible material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
As a merchant that accepts debit and credit cards for payment, we are subject to the Payment Card Industry ("PCI") Data Security Standard
("PCI DSS"), issued by the PCI Council. PCI DSS contains compliance guidelines and standards with regard to security surrounding the physical
administrative and technical storage, processing and transmission of individual cardholder data. By accepting debit cards for payment, we are
also subject to compliance with American National Standards Institute ("ANSI") data encryption standards and payment network security
operating guidelines. Failure to be PCI compliant or to meet other payment card standards may result in the imposition of financial penalties or
the allocation by the card brands of the costs of fraudulent charges to us. Additionally, the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act ("FACTA")
requires systems that print payment card receipts to employ personal account number truncation so that the consumer's full account number is
not viewable on the slip. Despite our efforts to comply with these or other payment card standards and other information security measures, we
cannot be certain that all of our IT systems will be able to prevent, contain or detect all cyber-attacks or intrusions. To the extent that any
disruption results in the loss, damage or misappropriation of information, we may be adversely affected by claims from customers, financial
institutions, regulatory authorities, payment card associations and others. In addition, privacy and information security laws and standards
continue to evolve and could expose us to further regulatory burdens. The cost of complying with stricter laws and standards, including PCI
DSS, ANSI and FACTA data encryption standards and state consumer data privacy, data protection and related laws, could be significant.
The loss of confidence from a data security incident involving our customers, employees or vendors could materially adversely affect our
financial condition and operating results.
We receive, store and transmit personal information in connection with our business, including information from processing credit card data,
digital marketing, and human resources records. The legal landscape surrounding privacy and cybersecurity is constantly changing, leading to
stricter requirements for the processing of personal information. Meeting these obligations poses challenges, as any missteps could result in
fines, government scrutiny, and lawsuits from individuals and regulators. Violations, or even perceived violations, of privacy, can adversely
affect the trust that customers, employees, and vendors place in us regarding their personal information. The protection of our customer,
employee and vendor data is critically important to us. Despite our considerable efforts to secure, upgrade and maintain our computer networks,
our information security could be compromised, and customer, employee and vendor confidential information could be misappropriated whether
as a result of cyberattacks on our information systems, the information systems hosted by third party providers or otherwise. If we experience a
data security incident, we could be exposed to government enforcement actions, ransomware claims, loss of business information, negative
publicity and possible claims from customers, associates, financial institutions and payment card associations. In addition, our customers could
lose confidence in our ability to protect their personal information, which could cause them to stop shopping at our stores altogether and
materially adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.
22

Table of Contents
We and our third parties may use artificial intelligence in our business, which could result in competitive and reputational harm, and legal
liability, and adversely affect our results of operations.
We and our third parties are increasingly incorporating artificial intelligence ("AI") solutions into our operations, systems, and services.
Developing and incorporating AI solutions into our business is uncertain and may result in increased costs and business disruptions without a
corresponding benefit. Our competitors may incorporate AI into their products and services more quickly or more successfully than us, which
could impair our ability to compete effectively in the market. Additionally, if the content, analyses, or recommendations that AI applications
assist in producing are or are alleged to be deficient, inaccurate, biased, or infringe on existing intellectual property, our business, financial
condition, and results of operations may be adversely affected. AI presents emerging ethical issues and could pose potential harms to our
customers and associates and if our use of AI becomes controversial, we may experience competitive harm, brand or reputational harm, or legal
liability. AI also presents a new attack surface that cybercriminals will attempt to exploit as well as providing means to scale and automate
targeted attacks. The rapid evolution of AI, including expected government regulation of AI and automated decision making, requires resources,
formalized AI governance, a commitment to the ethical and responsible use of data, and processes to best meet these challenges. If we fail to
adopt AI in a thoughtful and strategic manner, the risks above may be exacerbated.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness
Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our indebtedness.
As of February  22, 2025, we had approximately $7.5  billion of debt outstanding (other than finance lease obligations), and, subject to our
borrowing base, we would have been able to borrow an additional $4.0 billion under our asset-based loan ("ABL") facility (the "ABL Facility").
As of February 22, 2025, we and our subsidiaries had approximately $0.4 billion of finance lease obligations.
Our indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, it could: increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry
conditions; require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the
availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes, including acquisitions; limit our
flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; place us at a competitive disadvantage
compared to our competitors that have less debt; and limit our ability to borrow additional funds. In addition, there can be no assurance that we
will be able to refinance any of our debt or that we will be able to refinance on commercially reasonable terms. If we were unable to make
payments or refinance our debt or obtain new financing under these circumstances, we would have to consider other options, such as sales of
assets, sales of equity or restructure of the applicable debt.
We may incur substantially more debt in the future.
We and our subsidiaries may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the credit agreement that governs the ABL
Facility and the indentures that govern our indebtedness, as disclosed in "Part II—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note
6", permit us to incur significant additional debt, subject to certain limitations. If new indebtedness is added to our and our subsidiaries' current
debt levels, the related risks that we and they now face would increase.
23

Table of Contents
To service our indebtedness, we require a significant amount of cash, and our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our
control.
Our ability to make cash payments on and to refinance the indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to
generate significant operating cash flow in the future, as described in the section entitled "Part II—Item 7. Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This ability is, to a significant extent, subject to
general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. Our business may not generate
sufficient cash flow from operations to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. In any such circumstance, we may
need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, on or before maturity. We may not be able to refinance any indebtedness on commercially
reasonable terms, or at all. If we cannot service our indebtedness, we may have to take actions such as selling assets, seeking additional equity or
reducing or delaying capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions and investments. Any such action, if necessary, may not be effected on
commercially reasonable terms, or at all. The instruments governing our indebtedness may restrict our ability to sell assets and our use of the
proceeds from such sales.
If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal,
premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants in the instruments governing our
indebtedness, we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the holders of
such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, the
lenders under our credit agreement, or any replacement revolving credit facility in respect thereof, could elect to terminate their revolving
commitments thereunder, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into
bankruptcy or liquidation.
Our debt instruments limit our flexibility in operating our business.
Our debt instruments contain various covenants that limit our and our restricted subsidiaries' ability to engage in specified types of transactions.
A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our debt instruments. Any debt agreements we enter into in the future may
further limit our ability to enter into certain types of transactions. In addition, certain of the covenants governing the ABL Facility and our
existing notes restrict, among other things, our and our restricted subsidiaries' ability to: incur additional indebtedness or provide guarantees in
respect of obligations of other persons; pay dividends on, repurchase stock from or make distributions to our stockholders, or make other
restricted payments or make certain investments; prepay, redeem or repurchase debt; make loans, investments and capital expenditures; sell or
otherwise dispose of certain assets; incur liens; engage in sale leaseback transactions; restrict dividends, loans or asset transfers from our
subsidiaries; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; enter into a new or different line of business;
and enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.
In addition, the restrictive covenants in our ABL Facility require us, in certain circumstances, to maintain a specific fixed charge coverage ratio.
Our ability to meet that financial ratio can be affected by events beyond our control, and there can be no assurance that we will meet it. A breach
of this covenant could result in a default under such facilities. Moreover, the occurrence of a default under our ABL Facility could result in an
event of default under our other indebtedness. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under our ABL Facility, the lenders could elect to
declare all amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further
credit. Even if we can obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms, or terms that are acceptable to us.
24

Table of Contents
Increases in interest rates, a downgrade of our credit ratings and/or instability in the credit market could negatively affect our financing
costs and our ability to access capital.
We have exposure to future interest rates based on the variable rate debt under our ABL Facility and to the extent we raise additional debt in the
capital markets to meet maturing debt obligations, to fund our capital expenditures, working capital needs and to finance future acquisitions.
Daily working capital requirements are typically financed with operational cash flow and use of our ABL Facility. The interest rate on these
borrowing arrangements is generally determined from a borrowing rate at the borrowing date plus a pre-set margin. Significant and sustained
increases in market interest rates could materially increase our financing costs and negatively impact our reported results. We rely on access to
bank and capital markets as sources of liquidity for cash requirements not satisfied by cash flows from operations. A downgrade in our credit
ratings from the internationally recognized credit rating agencies could negatively affect our ability to access the bank and capital markets,
especially in a time of uncertainty in either of those markets. A rating downgrade could also impact our ability to grow our business by
substantially increasing the cost of, or limiting access to, capital.
Risks Related to Owning Our Common Stock
The price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may suffer a decline in
value.
The market price of our common stock is volatile and may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:
stock market volatility in response to macroeconomic and global events; if a substantial number of shares of our common stock becomes
available for sale and are sold in a short period of time, the market price of our common stock could decline; the failure of securities analysts to
cover our common stock, or changes in financial estimates by analysts; if one or more securities analysts downgrade our shares or if those
analysts issue a sell recommendation or other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business; changes in, or
investors' perception of, the food and drug retail industry; the activities of competitors; future issuances and sales of our common stock,
including in connection with acquisitions; the impact of our stock repurchase program; future sales of our common stock by our largest
stockholder; our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry; the public's reaction to our press releases, our other
public announcements and our filings with the SEC; and litigation involving us, our industry, or both.
Our largest stockholder is Cerberus, which may have conflicts of interest with other stockholders in the future.
Cerberus beneficially owns in the aggregate approximately 26% of our common stock and Cerberus has certain governance rights pursuant to a
Stockholders' Agreement. As a result, Cerberus may be able to influence (i) the election of our directors, (ii) our corporate and management
policies and (iii) other matters submitted to our stockholders for approval. The interests of Cerberus may not coincide with the interests of other
holders of our common stock. Additionally, Cerberus is in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire
and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Cerberus may also pursue, for its own account, acquisition
opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as
Cerberus continues to own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock, Cerberus will continue to be able to strongly
influence our decisions.
25

Table of Contents
Provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current
management, even if beneficial to our stockholders.
Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended ("certificate of incorporation"), and our amended and restated
bylaws ("bylaws") may restrict the ability of stockholders to make changes in our governance that they may consider advantageous or desirable.
In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace members of our Board of Directors (the
"Board"). Because our Board is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any
attempt by our stockholders to replace members of our management team. Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board to issue up to
100,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series, the terms of which may be determined by our
Board at the time of issuance or fixed by resolution without further action by the stockholders. These terms may include voting rights,
preferences as to dividends and liquidation, conversion rights, redemption rights, and sinking fund provisions. The issuance of preferred stock
could diminish the rights of holders of our common stock, and therefore could reduce the value of our common stock. In addition, specific rights
granted to holders of preferred stock could be used to restrict our ability to merge with, or sell assets to, a third party. The ability of our Board to
issue preferred stock could delay, discourage, prevent, or make it more difficult or costly to acquire or effect a change in control, thereby
preserving the current stockholders' control.
Our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders is restricted by applicable laws and regulations and requirements under certain of our
securities and debt agreements, including the ABL Facility, and our existing notes.
Holders of our common stock are only entitled to receive such cash dividends as our Board, in its sole discretion, may declare out of funds
legally available for such payments, including minimum capital requirements and limited by contractual obligations or covenants in any
financing arrangements that we are currently a party to, including the ABL Facility and our existing notes, or any that we may enter into in the
future. As a consequence of these various limitations and restrictions, we may not be able to make, or may have to reduce or eliminate at any
time, the payment of dividends on our common stock.
Item 1B - Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 1C - Cybersecurity
Risk Management and Strategy 
Our cybersecurity risk management processes for assessing and managing risks from cybersecurity threats include proactively identifying and
detecting internal and external threats and vulnerabilities and mitigating, containing or eradicating attacks, as necessary. To ensure the highest
levels of availability and integrity of critical business systems and services, we have designed a comprehensive risk reduction strategy. Our
cybersecurity related risk management processes include assessing risk based on business criticality, data classification, disaster recovery rating,
and security monitoring our operations (e.g., network, systems, retail stores, manufacturing plants and distribution centers) to determine where
and how critical business operations could be impacted by a cyber incident. We maintain a risk repository and partner with technology and
business teams to identify and remediate risk. Our cybersecurity team conducts regular risk assessments to analyze the likelihood of compromise
and magnitude of harm which could potentially result from unauthorized access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction of the
Company's systems and data. We also perform risk assessments on our third-party suppliers. We make reasonable efforts to require third-party
technology service providers to manage vulnerabilities in their environments to prevent the risk of impact to our business operations and
enterprise network. We also undertake periodic National Institute of Standards and Technology ("NIST") Cybersecurity Framework assessments,
26

Table of Contents
conducted by a third party, to ensure our cybersecurity program is maturing in-line with industry and includes the key functions and capabilities
to address key risk areas.
Collectively with our technology partners, we continuously (24/7) monitor our systems and assets to quickly respond to cybersecurity threats
against our business. We conduct vulnerability scanning of our infrastructure and applications to identify risk and work with relevant
stakeholders to proactively remediate risk where necessary. Additionally, we partner with multiple third-party managed security service providers
("MSSP") for enhanced monitoring of our information technology and data security environment and to perform proactive detection and
investigation of suspicious or malicious activity within our network. We have defined processes with our third-party MSSPs for handling and
escalating identified potential malicious activity within the Company’s information technology environment. MSSPs and internal stakeholders
perform response actions when a security event is identified. Additionally, we meet regularly with our MSSPs to enhance processes and to ensure
service level requirements are being met.
Information security risk events are managed by following our cyber incident response plan and executed by our cybersecurity team in
coordination with stakeholders (including legal counsel) who review and assess materiality based on qualitative and quantitative factors. In the
case of a risk event that has a broad organizational impact, the event will be escalated to the Company’s Corporate Crisis Management Team
comprised of senior leadership who will execute a tailored response plan, activate notification procedures where applicable, and guided by legal
counsel, coordinate communications with appropriate business partners, and manage the incidents through closure. We conduct annual tabletop
exercises to test our response processes and incident management procedures. The outcomes from these exercises are used to drive continuous
improvement in how we handle cybersecurity incidents.
Governance
Our Board is engaged in risk management and the oversight of Company-wide risks. To supplement its risk oversight function, our Board has
delegated certain risk management responsibilities to the Audit and Risk Committee (the "Audit Committee") and the Technology Committee of
the Board (the "Technology Committee").
As part of its responsibility related to enterprise-wide risk management, the Audit Committee reviews and discusses with management
cybersecurity risks, how they are being addressed and the effectiveness of risk management policies and practices to help safeguard the
Company's operations, financial systems, and data in an ever-evolving threat landscape. The internal audit team, in its quarterly compliance and
risk assessment update to the Audit Committee, reports on its reviews of the Company's cybersecurity risk exposures, controls and management
actions. In addition to this regular reporting, significant cybersecurity incidents, risks or threats may also be escalated on an as-needed basis to
the Audit Committee.
The Technology Committee is responsible for oversight of the Company's technology risk management, including but not limited to the
Company's technology related policies, technology architecture, significant emerging technology issues and trends that may affect the Company,
and practices and safeguards for information technology, cybersecurity, and data security. Our Chief Information Security Officer ("CISO")
presents cybersecurity related topics quarterly to the Technology Committee, including reviews of key information security risk metrics and
program maturity progress, and annually updates the Board on external assessments.
At the management level, our cybersecurity organization is led by the Company's CISO, who reports to the Company's Chief Technology and
Transformation Officer. The CISO is responsible for all aspects of our cybersecurity program across the Company, which includes cybersecurity
engineering and architecture, cybersecurity operations, incident response, threat intelligence, identity and access management, cybersecurity risk
and compliance, and vulnerability management. Our CISO has served in leadership roles across the retail, financial services, and national
security sectors. Before joining the Company, he was Deputy CISO at Capital One Financial Corp. and Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense
for Cyber Policy. He earned a BS in Mechanical Engineering from
27

Table of Contents
the University of Virginia, MS in Telecommunications and Computers from George Washington University, and MBA from the Stanford
Graduate School of Business. He continues to serve as a Colonel in the United States Air Force Reserve as a Senior Advisor to the Commander
of USCYBERCOM.
Risks from Material Cybersecurity Threats
As of the date of this report, we have not identified any cybersecurity threats that have materially affected or are reasonably anticipated to have a
material effect on the Company. Although we have not experienced cybersecurity incidents that are individually, or in the aggregate, material, we
have experienced cyberattacks in the past, which have been mitigated by preventive, detective, and responsive measures put in place by the
Company.
For a detailed discussion of the Company’s cybersecurity related risks, see "Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Information Security,
Cybersecurity, Data Privacy and Evolving Technologies."
28

Table of Contents
Item 2 - Properties
As of February 22, 2025, we operated 2,270 stores located in 34 states and the District of Columbia as shown in the following table:
Location
Number of
stores
Location
Number of
stores
Location
Number of
stores
Alaska
25 
Iowa
1 
North Dakota
1 
Arizona
136 
Louisiana
16 
Oregon
120 
Arkansas
1 
Maine
19 
Pennsylvania
50 
California
585 
Maryland
67 
Rhode Island
8 
Colorado
105 
Massachusetts
76 
South Dakota
3 
Connecticut
7 
Montana
40 
Texas
213 
Delaware
17 
Nebraska
5 
Utah
6 
District of Columbia
12 
Nevada
50 
Vermont
19 
Hawaii
23 
New Hampshire
26 
Virginia
39 
Idaho
44 
New Jersey
85 
Washington
215 
Illinois
184 
New Mexico
34 
Wyoming
15 
Indiana
4 
New York
19 
The following table summarizes our stores by size as of February 22, 2025:
Square Footage
Number of stores
Percent of total
Less than 30,000
214 
9.4 %
30,000 to 50,000
777 
34.2 %
More than 50,000
1,279 
56.4 %
Total stores
2,270 
100.0 %
We own or ground-lease approximately 39% of our operating stores and 52% of our industrial properties (distribution centers, warehouses and
manufacturing plants).
Our corporate headquarters is located in Boise, Idaho. We own our headquarters. The premises is approximately 250,000 square feet in size. In
addition to our corporate headquarters, we have corporate offices in Pleasanton, California, Phoenix, Arizona and Plano, Texas. We believe our
properties are well maintained, in good operating condition and suitable for operating our business.
Item 3 - Legal Proceedings
The Company is subject from time to time to various claims and lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business, including lawsuits involving
trade practices, lawsuits alleging violations of state and/or federal wage and hour laws (including alleged violations of meal and rest period laws
and alleged misclassification issues), real estate disputes and other matters. Some of these claims or suits purport or may be determined to be
class actions and/or seek substantial damages. It is the opinion of the Company's management that although the amount of liability with respect
to certain of the matters described herein cannot be ascertained at this time, any resulting liability of these and other matters, including any
punitive damages, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business or overall financial condition. See also the matters under
the caption Legal Proceedings in "Part II—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note 13."
29

Table of Contents
The Company continually evaluates its exposure to loss contingencies arising from pending or threatened litigation and believes it has made
provisions where the loss contingency is probable and can be reasonably estimated. Nonetheless, assessing and predicting the outcomes of these
matters involves substantial uncertainties. While management currently believes that the aggregate estimated liabilities currently recorded are
reasonable, it remains possible that differences in actual outcomes or changes in management's evaluation or predictions could arise that could be
material to the Company's results of operations or cash flows.
Environmental Matters
Our operations are subject to regulation under environmental laws, including those relating to waste management, air emissions and underground
storage tanks. In addition, as an owner and operator of commercial real estate, we may be subject to liability under applicable environmental
laws for clean-up of contamination at our facilities. SEC regulations require us to disclose certain environmental matters arising under federal,
state, or local environmental provisions if we reasonably believe that such proceedings may result in monetary sanctions above a stated
threshold. Pursuant to SEC regulations, we use a threshold of $1 million for purposes of determining whether disclosure of any such proceedings
is required.
Item 4 - Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
30

Table of Contents
PART II
Item 5 - Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information for Common Stock
The Company's Class A common stock began trading on the NYSE on June 26, 2020 under the symbol "ACI." Prior to that date, there was no
public market for the Company's Class A common stock. As of April 17, 2025, there were 69 holders of record of our Class A common stock.
Performance Graph
The following graph shows a comparison of the total cumulative stockholder return on our Class A common stock with the total return for (i) the
S&P 500 Index and (ii) the S&P 500 Retail Composite Index for the period from June 26, 2020 (the date our Class A common stock commenced
trading on the NYSE) through February 22, 2025. The graph assumes an investment of $100 in our Class A common stock at market close on
June 26, 2020 and the reinvestment of dividends. The comparisons in the table are not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible future
performance of our Class A common stock.
6/26/2020
2/27/2021
2/26/2022
2/25/2023
2/24/2024
2/22/2025
ACI
$
100.00 
$
105.93 
$
198.34 
$
186.27  $
198.81 
$
195.59 
S&P 500
100.00 
126.66 
145.72 
137.55 
179.15 
214.56 
S&P 500 Retail Composite
100.00 
118.97 
131.03 
107.09 
154.67 
187.96 
31

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
On December 11, 2024, the Company announced that the Board has authorized a share repurchase program of up to $2.0 billion of the
Company's common stock. The share repurchase program could include open market repurchases, accelerated share repurchase programs, tender
offers, block trades, potential privately negotiated transactions, or trading plans in compliance with the federal securities laws. During fiscal
2024, the Company repurchased 4.1 million shares of common stock for a total of $82.5 million. The Company did not repurchase any shares of
our Class A common stock during fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022.
Share repurchase activity during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024 was as follows:
Period
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
Average Price Paid
per Share
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
Dollar Value of
Shares that May
Yet be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs (in
millions)
December 1, 2024 through December 28, 2024
— 
$
— 
— 
$
— 
December 29, 2024 through January 25, 2025
2,221,000 
19.95 
2,221,000 
1,955.7 
January 26, 2025 through February 22, 2025
1,897,733 
20.15 
1,897,733 
1,917.5 
Total
4,118,733 
$
20.04 
4,118,733 
$
1,917.5 
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities
During fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022, certain holders of Convertible Preferred Stock converted approximately 50,000 and 1,349,186 shares of
Convertible Preferred Stock, respectively, into approximately 2,903,200 and 78,339,120 shares of Class A common stock, respectively. As of
June 17, 2023, 100% of the originally issued Convertible Preferred Stock had been converted into Class A common stock and no shares of
Convertible Preferred Stock are outstanding. Each share of Convertible Preferred Stock was convertible at a rate of 58.064 shares of Class A
common stock (with cash delivered in lieu of any fractional shares of Class A common stock) and were issued from the Company's treasury
stock account. The shares of Class A common stock were issued in exchange for Convertible Preferred Stock in reliance on an exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), under Section 3(a)(9) of the Act.
32

Table of Contents
Item 6 - [Reserved]
33

Table of Contents
Item 7 - Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated
Financial Statements and related notes found in "Part II—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" in this Form 10-K, as well as
"Part II—Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included in our Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 24, 2024 filed with the SEC on April 22, 2024, which provides comparisons of fiscal 2023 and
fiscal 2022. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve numerous risks and uncertainties.
Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those
discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, particularly in the section entitled "Special Note Regarding Forward-
Looking Statements" set forth in Part I and in Item 1A. "Risk Factors."
Our last three fiscal years consisted of the 52 weeks ended February 22, 2025 ("fiscal 2024"), the 52 weeks ended February 24, 2024 ("fiscal
2023") and the 52 weeks ended February 25, 2023 ("fiscal 2022"). In this Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations of Albertsons Companies, Inc., the words "Albertsons," the "Company," "we," "us," "our" and "ours" refer to Albertsons
Companies, Inc., together with its subsidiaries.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY - FISCAL 2024 OVERVIEW
We are one of the largest food retailers in the United States, with 2,270 stores across 34 states and the District of Columbia as of February 22,
2025. We operate more than 20 well known banners including Albertsons, Safeway, Vons, Pavilions, Randalls, Tom Thumb, Carrs, Jewel-Osco,
ACME, Shaw's, Star Market, United Supermarkets, Market Street, Haggen, Kings Food Markets and Balducci's Food Lovers Market, with
approximately 285,000 talented and dedicated employees, as of February 22, 2025, who serve on average 36.2 million customers each week.
Additionally, as of February 22, 2025, we operated 1,728 in-store pharmacies, 1,313 in-store branded coffee shops, 405 associated fuel centers,
22 dedicated distribution centers, 19 manufacturing facilities and various digital platforms.
During fiscal 2024, we continued to execute on our Customers for Life strategy, which is centered around driving customer growth and
engagement through digital connection, enhancing the customer value proposition, modernizing capabilities through technology and driving
productivity. We continue to invest in growth through our four digital platforms of eCommerce, Loyalty, Pharmacy & Health and the use of our
mobile app in our stores. Collectively, these digital platforms generate deeper customer engagement, increase digital inventory and enrich our
data to accelerate growth in the Albertsons Media Collective ("AMC"). We continue to invest significantly in AMC, building industry-leading
technologies to expand the reach of our brand and fuel one of the largest opportunities for reinvestment into our core business.
Identical sales, excluding fuel, increased 2.0% during fiscal 2024. We continued to invest in new merchandising initiatives and our loyalty
offerings, and we also deepened digital connection and engagement with our customers. During fiscal 2024, digital sales, which include Drive
Up & Go curbside pickup and home delivery, increased 24% compared to fiscal 2023, as the expansion of our services and continued innovation
in digital offerings resonated with customers. Loyalty members increased 15% to 45.6 million in fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2023.
Customer needs for value have evolved due to inflationary pressure and so have our strategies to address those needs as we work with our
vendor partners to strategically invest in our customer value proposition in certain categories and markets. In Own Brands, we continue to focus
on providing our customers with products they trust through innovation and offering products at an attractive price point. During fiscal 2024, we
launched 279 new items, including new items in our Open Nature cauliflower pizza line and in our Signature Select ice cream assortment.
34

Table of Contents
We endeavor to use technology in everything we do and over the last few years we have invested strategically to build a best-in-class technology
platform, with our core infrastructure in the Cloud and a modernized scalable network. This advanced technology platform, on which we will
continue to innovate, powers our eCommerce, store, pharmacy, supply chain, merchandising and AMC operations, and will allow us to leverage
emerging technologies to accelerate our operational transformation going forward.
Our capital allocation strategy balances investing for the future, strengthening our balance sheet and returns to shareholders through a
combination of dividends and opportunistic share repurchases. Capital expenditures were approximately $1,927.5 million during fiscal 2024,
primarily including the completion of 127 remodels, the opening of 11 new stores and continued investment in our digital and technology
platforms. Capital returns to shareholders during fiscal 2024 included $295.1 million of common stock dividends ($0.51 per common share) and
the repurchase of 4.1 million shares of common stock for a total of $82.5 million.
Termination of the Merger Agreement
As previously disclosed, on October 13, 2022, the Company, The Kroger Co. ("Kroger") and Kettle Merger Sub, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary
of Kroger ("Merger Sub"), entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement"), pursuant to which Merger Sub would have
been merged with and into the Company (the "Merger"), with the Company surviving the Merger as the surviving corporation and a direct,
wholly owned subsidiary of Kroger. On December 10, 2024, the United States District Court for the District of Oregon issued a preliminary
injunction in the case Federal Trade Commission et al. v. The Kroger Company and Albertsons Companies, Inc. (Case No.: 3:24-cv-00347-AN),
whereby the court enjoined the consummation of the Merger. In light of the preliminary injunction, and in accordance with Section 8.1(e) of the
Merger Agreement, the Company exercised its right to terminate the Merger Agreement and sent a notice to Kroger on December 10, 2024
terminating the Merger Agreement. For additional information about the termination of the Merger Agreement and the Merger, see Part II—Item
8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note 2.
Fiscal 2024 highlights
In summary, our financial and operating highlights for fiscal 2024 include:
•
Identical sales increased 2.0%
•
Digital sales increased 24%
•
Loyalty members increased 15% to 45.6 million
•
Net income of $959 million, or $1.64 per Class A common share
•
Adjusted net income of $1,382 million, or $2.34 per Class A common share
•
Adjusted EBITDA of $4,005 million
•
Operating cash flows of $2,681 million
•
Continued modernization of our store fleet, including completing 127 remodels and opening 11 new stores
35

Table of Contents
Stores
The following table shows stores operating, opened and closed during the periods presented:
Fiscal
 2024
Fiscal
 2023
Fiscal
 2022
Stores, beginning of period
2,269 
2,271 
2,276 
Opened
11 
6 
5 
Closed
(10)
(8)
(10)
Stores, end of period
2,270 
2,269 
2,271 
The following table summarizes our stores by size:
Number of Stores
Percent of Total
Retail Square Feet (1)
Square Footage
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
Less than 30,000
214 
217 
9.4 %
9.6 %
4.9 
4.9 
30,000 to 50,000
777 
778 
34.2 %
34.3 %
32.6 
32.6 
More than 50,000
1,279 
1,274 
56.4 %
56.1 %
75.5 
75.3 
Total Stores
2,270 
2,269 
100.0 %
100.0 %
113.0 
112.8 
(1) In millions, reflects total square footage of retail stores operating at the end of the period.
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
We define EBITDA as generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") earnings (net loss) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and
amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings (net loss) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to
eliminate the effects of items management does not consider in assessing our ongoing core performance. We define Adjusted net income as
GAAP net income adjusted to eliminate the effects of items management does not consider in assessing our ongoing core performance. We
define Adjusted net income per Class A common share as Adjusted net income divided by the weighted average diluted Class A common shares
outstanding, as adjusted to reflect all restricted stock units and awards outstanding at the end of the period, as well as the conversion of
Convertible Preferred Stock when it is antidilutive for GAAP.
EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted net income and Adjusted net income per Class A common share (collectively, the "Non-GAAP
Measures") are performance measures that provide supplemental information we believe is useful to analysts and investors to evaluate our
ongoing results of operations, when considered alongside other GAAP measures such as net income, operating income, gross margin and net
income per Class A common share. These Non-GAAP Measures exclude the financial impact of items management does not consider in
assessing our ongoing core operating performance, and thereby provide useful measures to analysts and investors of our operating performance
on a period-to-period basis. Other companies may have different definitions of Non-GAAP Measures and provide for different adjustments, and
comparability to our results of operations may be impacted by such differences. We also use Adjusted EBITDA for board of director and bank
compliance reporting. Our presentation of Non-GAAP Measures should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected
by unusual or non-recurring items.
Non-GAAP Measures should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. We
compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using Non-GAAP Measures only for supplemental purposes.
36

Table of Contents
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following information summarizes the components of our Consolidated Statements of Operations for fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2023.
Summary of Consolidated Statements of Operations (dollars in millions, except per share data):
Fiscal
 2024
Fiscal
 2023
Fiscal
 2022
Net sales and other revenue
$
80,390.9 
100.0 % $
79,237.7 
100.0 % $
77,649.7 
100.0 %
Cost of sales
58,135.3 
72.3 
57,192.0 
72.2 
55,894.1 
72.0 
Gross margin
22,255.6 
27.7 
22,045.7 
27.8 
21,755.6 
28.0 
Selling and administrative expenses
20,613.7 
25.6 
19,932.9 
25.2 
19,596.0 
25.2 
Loss (gain) on property dispositions and impairment losses,
net
95.8 
0.1 
43.9 
— 
(147.5)
(0.2)
Operating income
1,546.1 
2.0 
2,068.9 
2.6 
2,307.1 
3.0 
Interest expense, net
459.8 
0.6 
492.1 
0.6 
404.6 
0.5 
Other income, net
(43.4)
— 
(12.2)
— 
(33.0)
— 
Income before income taxes
1,129.7 
1.4 
1,589.0 
2.0 
1,935.5 
2.5 
Income tax expense
171.1 
0.2 
293.0 
0.4 
422.0 
0.5 
Net income
$
958.6 
1.2 % $
1,296.0 
1.6 % $
1,513.5 
2.0 %
Basic net income per Class A common share
$
1.65 
$
2.25 
$
2.29 
Diluted net income per Class A common share
1.64 
2.23 
2.27 
Net Sales and Other Revenue
Net sales and other revenue increased $1,153.2 million, or 1.5%, to $80,390.9 million in fiscal 2024 from $79,237.7 million in fiscal 2023. The
increase in Net sales and other revenue in fiscal 2024 as compared to fiscal 2023 was driven by our 2.0% increase in identical sales, with growth
in pharmacy sales being the primary driver of the identical sales increase, while our digital sales also increased 24% during fiscal 2024. The
increase in Net sales and other revenue was partially offset by lower fuel sales. The components of the change in Net sales and other revenue for
fiscal 2024 were as follows (in millions):
 
Fiscal
 2024
Net sales and other revenue for fiscal 2023
$
79,237.7 
Identical sales increase of 2.0%
1,479.7 
Decrease in fuel sales
(416.1)
Increase in sales due to new store openings, net of store closures
60.0 
Other, net
29.6 
Net sales and other revenue for fiscal 2024
$
80,390.9 
Identical Sales, Excluding Fuel
Identical sales include stores operating during the same period in both the current year and the prior year, comparing sales on a daily basis.
Direct to consumer digital sales are included in identical sales, and fuel sales are excluded
37

Table of Contents
from identical sales. Acquired stores become identical on the one-year anniversary date of the acquisition. Identical sales results, on an actual
basis, for the past three fiscal years were as follows:
Fiscal
 2024
Fiscal
 2023
Fiscal
 2022
Identical sales, excluding fuel
2.0%
3.0%
6.9%
The following table represents Net sales and other revenue by product type (dollars in millions):
Fiscal
 2024
Fiscal
 2023
Amount
(1)
% of Total
Amount
(1)
% of Total
Non-perishables (2)
$
40,102.8 
49.9 % $
39,977.3 
50.5 %
Fresh (3)
25,507.3 
31.7 %
25,442.7 
32.1 %
Pharmacy
9,597.2 
11.9 %
8,240.0 
10.4 %
Fuel
3,980.6 
5.0 %
4,396.7 
5.5 %
Other (4)
1,203.0 
1.5 %
1,181.0 
1.5 %
Total
$
80,390.9 
100.0 % $
79,237.7 
100.0 %
(1) Digital related sales are included in the categories to which the revenue pertains.
(2) Consists primarily of general merchandise, grocery, dairy and frozen foods.
(3) Consists primarily of produce, meat, deli and prepared foods, bakery, floral and seafood.
(4) Consists primarily of wholesale sales to third parties, commissions, media advertising revenue, rental income and other miscellaneous revenue.
Gross Margin
Gross margin rate decreased to 27.7% in fiscal 2024 compared to 27.8% in fiscal 2023. Excluding the impacts of fuel and LIFO, gross margin
rate decreased 34 basis points. The strong growth in pharmacy sales, which carries an overall lower gross margin rate, increases in delivery and
handling costs related to the 24% growth in our digital sales and investment in our customer value proposition were the primary drivers of the
decrease, partially offset by the benefits from our productivity initiatives.
Selling and Administrative Expenses
Selling and administrative expenses increased to 25.6% of Net sales and other revenue in fiscal 2024 compared to 25.2% in fiscal 2023.
Excluding the impact of fuel, Selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of Net sales and other revenue increased 34 basis points during
fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2023. The increase in Selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of Net sales and other revenue was
primarily attributable to an increase in operating expenses related to the ongoing development of our digital and omnichannel capabilities,
Merger-related costs, increased business transformation costs, higher employee costs and increased store occupancy costs including additional
third-party store security services, partially offset by the benefits from our productivity initiatives.
Loss (Gain) on Property Dispositions and Impairment Losses, Net
For fiscal 2024, net loss on property dispositions and impairment losses was $95.8 million, primarily driven by $104.2 million of asset
impairments including impairment losses of $60.9 million of retail store impairment losses, $39.8 million primarily related to equipment from
the closing of our micro-fulfillment centers and $3.5 million related to certain technology assets, partially offset by $8.4 million of net gains
from the sale of real estate assets. For fiscal 2023, net loss on property dispositions and impairment losses was $43.9 million, primarily driven by
the impairment and disposal of certain technology assets, partially offset by net gains from the sale of assets.
 
38

Table of Contents
Interest Expense, Net
Interest expense, net was $459.8 million in fiscal 2024 compared to $492.1 million in fiscal 2023. The decrease in Interest expense, net was
primarily attributable to lower average outstanding borrowings. The weighted average interest rate was 5.6% during both fiscal 2024 and fiscal
2023, excluding amortization of debt discounts and deferred financing costs.
Other Income, Net
For fiscal 2024, Other income, net was $43.4 million primarily driven by unrealized gains from non-operating investments and non-service cost
components of net pension and post-retirement income. For fiscal 2023, Other income, net was $12.2 million primarily driven by non-service
cost components of net pension and post-retirement income, realized gains from non-operating investments and income related to our equity
interest and gain on sale of El Rancho during fiscal 2023, partially offset by realized and unrealized losses from non-operating investments.
Income Taxes
Income tax expense was $171.1 million, representing a 15.1% effective tax rate, in fiscal 2024, and $293.0 million, representing an 18.4%
effective tax rate, in fiscal 2023. The decrease in the effective income tax rate during fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2023 was primarily driven
by the recognition of $81.0 million of discrete state income tax benefits related to audit settlements, compared to a reduction of a reserve of
$49.7 million for an uncertain tax position due to the expiration of a foreign statute during the first quarter of fiscal 2023.
Net Income and Adjusted Net Income
Net income was $958.6 million or $1.64 per diluted share during fiscal 2024 compared to $1,296.0 million or $2.23 per diluted share during
fiscal 2023. Fiscal 2024 included the $81.0 million or $0.14 per share benefit related to certain discrete state income tax benefits related to the
settlement of audits, and fiscal 2023 included the $49.7 million or $0.09 per share benefit related to the reduction in the reserve for an uncertain
tax position. Adjusted net income was $1,382.4 million, or $2.34 per share, during fiscal 2024 compared to $1,693.7 million, or $2.88 per share
(which includes the $49.7 million tax benefit discussed above), during fiscal 2023.
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA was $4,004.7 million, or 5.0% of Net sales and other revenue, during fiscal 2024 compared to $4,317.7 million, or 5.4% of
Net sales and other revenue, during fiscal 2023.
39

Table of Contents
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures
The following table reconciles Net income to Adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA (in millions):
Fiscal
 2024
Fiscal
 2023
Fiscal
2022
Net income
$
958.6 
$
1,296.0 
$
1,513.5 
Adjustments:
Loss (gain) on interest rate swaps and energy hedges, net (d)
0.9 
(3.2)
(8.4)
Business transformation (1)(b)
105.2 
45.1 
78.3 
Equity-based compensation expense (b)
106.2 
104.5 
138.3 
Loss (gain) on property dispositions and impairment losses, net
95.8 
43.9 
(147.5)
LIFO expense (a)
28.6 
52.0 
268.0 
Government-mandated incremental COVID-19 pandemic related pay (2)
(b)
— 
— 
10.8 
Merger-related costs (3)(b)
254.8 
180.6 
56.5 
Certain legal and regulatory accruals and settlements, net (b)
6.1 
(6.7)
100.7 
Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs (c)
16.1 
15.5 
16.8 
Amortization of intangible assets resulting from acquisitions (b)
47.9 
48.6 
50.9 
Combined Plan (4)(b)
— 
— 
(19.0)
Miscellaneous adjustments (5)(f)
(0.3)
41.4 
52.1 
State income tax benefits related to the settlement of audits
(81.0)
— 
— 
Tax impact of adjustments to Adjusted net income
(156.5)
(124.0)
(145.9)
Adjusted net income
$
1,382.4 
$
1,693.7 
$
1,965.1 
Tax impact of adjustments to Adjusted net income
156.5 
124.0 
145.9 
State income tax benefits related to the settlement of audits
81.0 
— 
— 
Income tax expense
171.1 
293.0 
422.0 
Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs (c)
(16.1)
(15.5)
(16.8)
Interest expense, net
459.8 
492.1 
404.6 
Amortization of intangible assets resulting from acquisitions (b)
(47.9)
(48.6)
(50.9)
Depreciation and amortization (e)
1,817.9 
1,779.0 
1,807.1 
Adjusted EBITDA
$
4,004.7 
$
4,317.7 
$
4,677.0 
40

Table of Contents
The following tables reconcile diluted net income per Class A common share to Adjusted net income per Class A common share (in millions,
except per share data):
Fiscal
 2024
Fiscal
 2023
Fiscal
2022
Numerator:
Adjusted net income (6)
$
1,382.4 
$
1,693.7 
$
1,965.1 
Denominator:
Weighted average Class A common shares outstanding - diluted
583.8 
581.1 
534.0 
Adjustments:
Convertible preferred stock (7)
— 
0.3 
42.7 
Restricted stock units and awards (8)
6.5 
6.4 
5.9 
Adjusted weighted average Class A common shares outstanding - diluted
590.3 
587.8 
582.6 
Adjusted net income per Class A common share - diluted
$
2.34 
$
2.88 
$
3.37 
Fiscal
2024
Fiscal
2023
Fiscal
2022
Net income per Class A common share - diluted
$
1.64 
$
2.23 
$
2.27 
Convertible Preferred Stock (7)
— 
— 
0.36 
Non-GAAP adjustments (9)
0.73 
0.68 
0.78 
Restricted stock units and awards (8)
(0.03)
(0.03)
(0.04)
Adjusted net income per Class A common share - diluted
$
2.34 
$
2.88 
$
3.37 
(1) Includes costs associated with third-party consulting fees related to our Customers for Life strategy and employee termination costs related to our reduction in workforce
during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024, as follows (see table below):
Fiscal
2024
Fiscal
2023
Fiscal
2022
Third-party consulting fees
$
71.7 
$
45.1 
$
78.3 
Employee termination costs
33.5 
— 
— 
Total Business transformation
$
105.2 
$
45.1 
$
78.3 
(2) Represents incremental COVID-19 related pay legislatively required in certain municipalities in which we operate.
(3) Primarily relates to third-party legal and advisor fees and retention program expense related to the Merger and costs in connection with our previously-announced Board-led
review of potential strategic alternatives.
(4) Related to the Combined Plan during the second quarter of fiscal 2022. See "Part II - Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 11" for more information.
41

Table of Contents
(5) Miscellaneous adjustments include the following (see table below):
Fiscal
2024
Fiscal
2023
Fiscal
2022
Non-cash lease-related adjustments
$
4.5 
$
4.2 
$
5.6 
Lease and lease-related costs for surplus and closed stores
15.9 
19.4 
22.7 
Net realized and unrealized (gain) loss on non-operating investments
(40.1)
8.6 
25.2 
Other (i)
19.4 
9.2 
(1.4)
Total Miscellaneous adjustments
$
(0.3)
$
41.4 
$
52.1 
(i) Primarily includes adjustments for pension settlement loss, unconsolidated equity investments and other costs not considered in our core performance.
(6) See the reconciliation of Net income to Adjusted net income above for further details.
(7) Represents the conversion of Convertible Preferred Stock to the fully outstanding as-converted Class A common shares as of the end of each respective period, for periods in
which the Convertible Preferred Stock is antidilutive under GAAP. Fiscal 2022 reflects the impact of the Special Dividend (as defined below) that is attributable to the
holders of Convertible Preferred Stock on an as-converted basis.
(8) Represents incremental unvested RSUs and unvested RSAs to adjust the diluted weighted average Class A common shares outstanding during each respective period to the
fully outstanding RSUs and RSAs as of the end of each respective period.
(9) Reflects the per share impact of Non-GAAP adjustments for each period. See the reconciliation of Net income to Adjusted net income above for further details.
Non-GAAP adjustment classifications within the Consolidated Statements of Operations:
(a) Cost of sales
(b) Selling and administrative expenses
(c) Interest expense, net
(d) Loss (gain) on interest rate swaps and energy hedges, net:
Fiscal
2024
Fiscal
2023
Fiscal
2022
Cost of sales
$
1.0 
$
(2.2)
$
(4.8)
Selling and administrative expenses
(0.1)
(1.0)
4.8 
Other income, net
— 
— 
(8.4)
Total Loss (gain) on interest rate swaps and energy hedges, net
$
0.9 
$
(3.2)
$
(8.4)
(e) Depreciation and amortization:
Fiscal
2024
Fiscal
2023
Fiscal
2022
Cost of sales
$
181.4 
$
169.0 
$
162.7 
Selling and administrative expenses
1,636.5 
1,610.0 
1,644.4 
Total Depreciation and amortization
$
1,817.9 
$
1,779.0 
$
1,807.1 
(f) Miscellaneous adjustments:
Fiscal
2024
Fiscal
2023
Fiscal
2022
Selling and administrative expenses
$
36.0 
$
34.7 
$
28.9 
Other income, net
(36.3)
6.7 
23.2 
Total Miscellaneous adjustments
$
(0.3)
$
41.4 
$
52.1 
42

Table of Contents
LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL RESOURCES
The following table sets forth the major sources and uses of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash for each period (in millions):
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
February 25,
2023
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period
$
297.9 
$
193.2 
$
463.8 
Cash flows provided by operating activities
2,680.6 
2,659.5 
2,853.9 
Cash flows used in investing activities
(1,891.8)
(1,746.7)
(1,977.3)
Cash flows used in financing activities
(684.1)
(1,183.4)
(3,365.4)
Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was $2,680.6 million during fiscal 2024 compared to $2,659.5 million during fiscal 2023. The increase
in cash flow from operating activities during fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2023 was due to less cash paid for taxes, legal settlements,
multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liabilities and interest, partially offset by a decrease in Adjusted EBITDA, higher Merger-related costs,
changes in working capital and an increase in contributions to our defined benefit pension plans during fiscal 2024.
Net Cash Used In Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2024 was $1,891.8 million primarily due to payments for property, equipment and intangibles
of $1,927.5 million, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of assets of $31.4 million, primarily related to real estate. Payments for property,
equipment and intangibles included the completion of 127 remodels, the opening of 11 new stores and continued investment in our digital and
technology platforms.
Net cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2023 was $1,746.7 million primarily due to payments for property, equipment and intangibles
of $2,036.6 million, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of assets of $217.6 million, which includes $166.1 million related to the sale of our
equity interest in El Rancho during fiscal 2023. Payments for property, equipment and intangibles included the completion of 150 remodels, the
opening of six new stores and continued investments in our digital and technology platforms.
In fiscal 2025, we expect capital expenditures to be in the range of $1.7 billion to $1.9 billion.
Net Cash Used In Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities was $684.1 million in fiscal 2024 primarily consisting of the $250.0 million repayment of the asset-based
loan facility (as amended, the "ABL Facility"), dividends paid on our Class A common stock, the repurchase of common stock, payments of
obligations under finance leases and tax withholding payments on vesting of RSUs, partially offset by $50.0  million of proceeds from the
issuance of debt under the ABL Facility.
Net cash used in financing activities was $1,183.4 million in fiscal 2023 primarily consisting of the $950.0 million partial repayment of the ABL
Facility, dividends paid on our Class A common stock, payments of obligations under
43

Table of Contents
finance leases and tax withholding payments on vesting of RSUs, partially offset by $150.0 million of proceeds from the issuance of debt under
the ABL Facility.
See "Part II—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note 6 and Note 8" for additional information.
Debt Management
Total debt, including both the current and long-term portions of finance lease obligations, net of debt discounts and deferred financing costs,
decreased $248.5 million to $7,820.1 million as of the end of fiscal 2024 compared to $8,068.6 million as of the end of fiscal 2023.
Outstanding debt, including current maturities, net of debt discounts and deferred financing costs, principally consisted of (in millions):
February 22,
2025
Senior Unsecured Notes, New Albertson's L.P. Notes and Safeway Inc. Notes
$
7,377.5 
Finance lease obligations
427.9 
Other financing obligations
14.7 
Total debt, including finance leases
$
7,820.1 
During fiscal 2024, we repaid $200.0 million, net, of the ABL Facility. As of February 22, 2025, we had no borrowings outstanding under the
ABL Facility and total availability of $3,972.6 million (net of letter of credit usage).
On March 11, 2025, subsequent to the end of fiscal 2024, we completed the issuance of $600.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.250%
senior unsecured notes due March 15, 2033 (the "2033 Notes"). Interest on the 2033 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and
September 15 of each year, with the first payment commencing on September 15, 2025. On March 17, 2025, subsequent to the end of fiscal
2024, proceeds from the 2033 Notes, together with approximately $5.6 million of cash on hand, were used to (i) redeem in full the $600.0
million outstanding of our 7.500% senior unsecured notes due March 15, 2026 and (ii) pay fees and expenses related to the issuance of the 2033
Notes.
During fiscal 2024 and fiscal 2023, there were no financial maintenance covenants in effect under the ABL Facility because the conditions had
not been met.
See "Part II—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note 6" for additional information.
Dividends
We have established a dividend policy pursuant to which we intend to pay a quarterly dividend on our Class A common stock. Cash dividends
paid on our Class A common stock were $295.1 million ($0.51 per common share), $276.2 million ($0.48 per common share) and $255.1 million
($0.48 per common share) during fiscal 2024, fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022, respectively. On December 11, 2024, the Board increased the quarterly
cash dividend 25% from $0.12 per common share to $0.15 per common share. On April 15, 2025, we announced the next quarterly dividend
payment of $0.15 per share of Class A common stock to be paid on May 9, 2025 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on April 25,
2025.
During the first quarter of fiscal 2023, the conversion of the remaining Convertible Preferred Stock was completed. The holders of Convertible
Preferred Stock were entitled to a quarterly dividend at a rate per annum of 6.75% of the liquidation preference per share of the Convertible
Preferred Stock. In addition, the holders of Convertible Preferred
44

Table of Contents
Stock participated in cash dividends that we pay on our common stock to the extent that such cash dividends exceed $206.25 million per fiscal
year and shares of Convertible Preferred Stock remain outstanding as of the applicable record date to participate in such dividends. Cash
dividends paid to holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock were $0.8 million and $65.3 million during fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022, respectively.
On October 13, 2022, we declared the Special Dividend, payable to stockholders of record, including holders of Series A preferred stock on an
as-converted basis, as of the close of business on October 24, 2022. On January 20, 2023, the Special Dividend of $3,916.9 million was paid.
Common Stock Repurchase Program
On December 11, 2024, the Board authorized a share repurchase program of up to $2.0 billion of our common stock. The share repurchase
program could include open market repurchases, accelerated share repurchase programs, tender offers, block trades, potential privately
negotiated transactions, or trading plans in compliance with the federal securities laws. Subsequent to the Board authorization, during the fourth
quarter of fiscal 2024, we repurchased an aggregate of 4.1 million shares of our common stock for a total of $82.5 million pursuant to such share
repurchase authorization. We did not repurchase any shares of our common stock during fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022.
Liquidity and Factors Affecting Liquidity
Based on current operating trends, we believe that we have significant sources of cash to meet our liquidity needs for the next 12 months and for
the foreseeable future, including cash on hand, cash flows from operating activities and other sources of liquidity, including the ABL Facility. We
estimate our liquidity needs over the next 12 months to be approximately $5.5 billion, which includes anticipated requirements for incremental
working capital, capital expenditures, pension obligations, interest payments, quarterly dividends on Class A common stock, common stock
repurchases, operating leases and finance leases. In addition, we may enter into refinancing and sale leaseback transactions from time to time.
We believe we have adequate cash flow to continue to maintain our current debt ratings and to respond effectively to competitive conditions.
The table below presents our material cash requirements as of February 22, 2025 (in millions):
Payments Due Per Fiscal Year 
Total
2025
2026-2027
2028-2029
Thereafter
Long-term debt (2)
$
7,452.4 
$
0.6 
$
4,416.7 
$
2,521.9 
$
513.2 
Estimated interest on long-term debt (3)
1,297.5 
389.1 
604.3 
264.0 
40.1 
Operating leases (4)
8,878.5 
1,010.6 
2,011.4 
1,661.7 
4,194.8 
Finance leases (4)
623.1 
81.3 
145.7 
109.4 
286.7 
Other obligations (5)
1,780.3 
397.3 
503.0 
234.5 
645.5 
Purchase obligations (6)
481.9 
254.0 
148.4 
37.4 
42.1 
Total contractual obligations
$
20,513.7 
$
2,132.9 
$
7,829.5 
$
4,828.9 
$
5,722.4 
(1) The cash requirements table excludes funding of pension and other postretirement benefit obligations, which totaled $91.3 million in fiscal 2024 and is expected to total
approximately $57 million in fiscal 2025. This table also excludes recurring contributions under various multiemployer pension plans, which totaled $547.7 million in fiscal
2024 and is expected to total approximately $560 million in fiscal 2025.
(2) Long-term debt amounts exclude any debt discounts and deferred financing costs. See "Part II—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note 6" for
additional information.
(3) Amounts include contractual interest payments using the stated fixed interest rate or the variable interest rate in effect as of February 22, 2025. See "Part II—Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note 6" for additional information.
(4) Represents the minimum rents payable under operating and finance leases, excluding common area maintenance, insurance or tax payments, for which we are obligated.
(1)
45

Table of Contents
(5) Consists of self-insurance liabilities, which have not been reduced by insurance-related receivables, as well as payment obligations related to the Combined Plan. The table
excludes the unfunded pension and postretirement benefit obligation of $170.3 million. The potential settlement payments related to unrecognized tax benefits have been
excluded from the contractual obligations table because a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of future tax settlements cannot be determined. Also excludes deferred
tax liabilities and certain other deferred liabilities that will not be settled in cash.
(6) Purchase obligations include various obligations that have specified purchase commitments. As of February 22, 2025, future purchase obligations primarily relate to energy,
fixed asset, information technology and marketing commitments, including fixed price contracts. In addition, not included in the contractual obligations table are supply
contracts to purchase product for resale to consumers which are typically of a short-term nature with limited or no purchase commitments. We also enter into supply contracts
which typically include either volume commitments or fixed expiration dates, termination provisions and other customary contractual considerations. The supply contracts
that are cancelable have not been included above.
Multiemployer Pension Plans
We currently contribute to 27 multiemployer plans which provide retirement benefits to participants based on their service to contributing
employers. The benefits are paid from assets held in trust for that purpose and the respective plan trustees are responsible for determining the
level of benefits to be provided to participants, the management of the plan assets and plan administration. We continue to monitor any potential
exposure to underfunded multiemployer plans for our associates who are beneficiaries of these plans.
The American Rescue Plan Act ("ARP Act") establishes a special financial assistance program for financially troubled multiemployer pension
plans. Under the ARP Act, eligible multiemployer plans can apply to receive a one-time cash payment in the amount projected by the PBGC to
pay pension benefits through the plan year ending 2051. The payment received by the multiemployer plan under this special financial assistance
program would not be considered a loan and would not need to be paid back. Any financial assistance received by the multiemployer plan would
need to be segregated from the other assets of the multiemployer plans and invested in investment grade bonds or other investments permitted by
the PBGC.
The underfunding of any of these plans to which we contribute are not our liability and though we are not obligated nor the guarantor for any of
the underfunding, we have estimated, based on the ratio of our contributions to the total of all contributions to these plans, our allocable share of
the underfunding (the amount by which the actuarial determined plan liabilities exceed the value of the plan assets) of these multiemployer plans
to which we contribute to be approximately $4.9 billion. Of the 27 multiemployer plans to which we contribute, 15 plans are classified as
"Critical" or "Critical and Declining" and eligible for relief under the special financial assistance program through the ARP Act. As of
February 22, 2025, four of these 15 plans have received special financial assistance funds, reducing our estimated $4.9 billion allocable share of
underfunding to approximately $3.6 billion. The remaining 11 plans have applied for special financial assistance and though the amounts each
plan could receive will vary, we currently estimate that these 11 plans represent over 85% of our remaining $3.6 billion allocable share of
underfunding. We expect the special financial assistance program under these regulations to provide the funding for these plans to remain solvent
for at least the next 25 to 30 years and continue to provide benefits to our associates who are beneficiaries of these multiemployer plans.
We will continue to make our contributions based on collective bargaining agreements for each of the multiemployer plans to which we
contribute. Our contributions to multiemployer plans were $547.7 million, $545.5 million and $546.5 million during fiscal 2024, fiscal 2023 and
fiscal 2022, respectively, and we expect to contribute approximately $560 million in fiscal 2025. Refer to "Part I—Item 1A. Risk Factors" and
"Part II—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note 11" for additional information.
Guarantees
We are party to a variety of contractual agreements pursuant to which we may be obligated to indemnify the other party for certain matters.
These contracts primarily relate to our commercial contracts, operating leases and other real estate contracts, trademarks, intellectual property,
financial agreements and various other agreements. Under
46

Table of Contents
these agreements, we may provide certain routine indemnifications relating to representations and warranties (for example, ownership of assets,
environmental or tax indemnifications) or personal injury matters. The terms of these indemnifications range in duration and may not be
explicitly defined. We believe that if we were to incur a loss in any of these matters, the loss would not have a material effect on our financial
statements.
We are liable for certain operating leases that were assigned to third parties. If any of these third parties fail to perform their obligations under the
leases, we could be responsible for the lease obligation. Because of the wide dispersion among third parties and the variety of remedies available,
we believe that if an assignee became insolvent it would not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into various supply contracts to purchase products for resale and purchase and service contracts for
fixed asset and information technology commitments. We have also entered into fixed price contracts to purchase electricity and natural gas for a
portion of our energy needs. These contracts typically include volume commitments or fixed expiration dates, termination provisions and other
standard contractual considerations.
Letters of Credit
We had letters of credit of $27.4 million outstanding as of February 22, 2025. The letters of credit are maintained primarily to support our
performance, payment, deposit or surety obligations. We typically pay bank fees of 1.25% plus a fronting fee of 0.125% on the face amount of
the letters of credit.
NEW ACCOUNTING POLICIES
See "Part II—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note 1" for new accounting pronouncements.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
We have chosen accounting policies that we believe are appropriate to report accurately and fairly our operating results and financial position,
and we apply those accounting policies in a fair and consistent manner. See "Part II—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—
Note 1" for a discussion of our significant accounting policies.
Management believes the following critical accounting policies reflect its more subjective or complex judgments and estimates used in the
preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Self-Insurance Liabilities
We are primarily self-insured for workers' compensation, property, automobile and general liability. The self-insurance liability is undiscounted
and determined actuarially, based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported. We have established stop-loss amounts
that limit our further exposure after a claim reaches the designated stop-loss threshold. In determining our self-insurance liabilities, we perform a
continuing review of our overall position and reserving techniques. Since recorded amounts are based on estimates, the ultimate cost of all
incurred claims and related expenses may be more or less than the recorded liabilities.
47

Table of Contents
Any actuarial projection of self-insured losses is subject to a high degree of variability. Litigation trends, legal interpretations, benefit level
changes, claim settlement patterns and similar factors influenced historical development trends that were used to determine the current year
expense and, therefore, contributed to the variability in the annual expense. However, these factors are not direct inputs into the actuarial
projection, and thus their individual impact cannot be quantified.
Contingencies
We are involved in a number of legal proceedings and certain regulatory matters. We record a liability when it is probable that a loss has been
incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable. We also perform an assessment of the materiality of loss contingencies where a loss is either
reasonably possible or it is reasonably possible that an estimated liability could materially change. If a loss or change in the estimated liability
has at least a reasonable possibility of occurring and the impact on the financial statements would be material, we provide disclosure of the
nature of the uncertainty and estimate of possible loss or range of loss to the extent such estimate can be made. We review all contingencies at
least quarterly to determine whether the likelihood of loss has changed and whether a reasonable estimate of the loss can be made. The
assessment of the outcome of litigation can be very difficult to predict as it is subject to legal processes that are highly complex, subject to many
factors, including those that are not within our control, and highly dependent on individual facts and circumstances. While management currently
believes that the estimated liabilities currently recorded are reasonable, it remains possible that differences in actual outcomes or changes in
management's evaluation or predictions could arise that could be material to our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In
addition, although we are not able to predict the outcome or reasonably estimate a range of possible losses in certain matters described in Part II
—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note 13" and have not recorded an associated accrual related to these matters, an
adverse judgment or negotiated settlement in these matters could be material to our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Item 7A - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
We are exposed to market risk from a variety of sources, including changes in interest rates and energy prices. We have from time to time
selectively used derivative financial instruments to reduce these market risks. Our market risk exposures related to interest rates and energy
prices are discussed below.
Interest Rate Risk and Long-Term Debt
We are exposed to market risk from fluctuations in interest rates. From time to time, we manage our exposure to interest rate fluctuations through
the use of interest rate swaps. At the time of entering into interest rate swap contracts, our risk management objective and strategy is to utilize
them to protect us against adverse fluctuations in interest rates by reducing our exposure to variability in cash flows relating to interest payments
on a portion of our outstanding debt. All of our interest rate swaps expired in March 2023. Our exposure to changes in Term SOFR primarily
relates to our ABL Facility which had no amounts outstanding as of February 22, 2025. Therefore, we believe that a 100 basis point increase on
our variable interest rates would not have a material impact on our interest expense.
The table below provides information about debt instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates, and presents principal amounts due
and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates (dollars in millions):
48

Table of Contents
Fiscal
2025
Fiscal 2026
Fiscal 2027
Fiscal
2028
Fiscal 2029
Thereafter
Total
Fair Value
Long-Term Debt
Fixed Rate - Principal payments
$
0.6 
$
2,760.1 
$
1,656.6 
$
44.0 
$
2,477.9 
$
513.2 
$
7,452.4 
$
7,312.1 
Weighted average interest rate (1)
7.25%
4.94%
6.29%
6.60%
4.26%
7.79%
5.22%
(1) Excludes debt discounts and deferred financing costs.
Energy Price Risk
We have entered into fixed price contracts to purchase electricity and natural gas for a portion of our energy needs. We expect to take delivery of
these commitments in the normal course of business, and, as a result, these commitments qualify as normal purchases. We also manage our
exposure to changes in diesel prices utilized in our distribution process through the use of short-term heating oil derivative contracts. These
contracts are economic hedges of price risk and are not designated or accounted for as hedging instruments for accounting purposes. Changes in
the fair value of these instruments are recognized in earnings. We do not believe that these energy swaps would cause a material change to our
financial position.
49

Table of Contents
Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the stockholders and the Board of Directors of Albertsons Companies, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Albertsons Companies, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of February
22, 2025 and February 24, 2024, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, cash flows, and stockholders'
equity for each of the 52 weeks ended February 22, 2025, February 24, 2024, and February 25, 2023, and the related notes (collectively referred
to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the
Company as of February 22, 2025 and February 24, 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended February 22, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the
Company's internal control over financial reporting as of February 22, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated April 21, 2025,
expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's
financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with
respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included
performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing
procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as
well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the
financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters
does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter
below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
50

Table of Contents
Self-Insurance Liabilities—Refer to Note 1 to the financial statements
Critical Audit Matter Description
The Company is primarily self-insured for workers' compensation, property, automobile, and general liability. The self‑insurance liability is
undiscounted and determined actuarially, based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported. The Company has
established stop-loss amounts that limit the Company's further exposure after a claim reaches the designated stop-loss threshold. The projected
settlement values are estimated based on the Company's historical claim experience, supplemented with industry experience, as necessary and
are established using actuarial methods followed in the insurance industry.
We identified the Company's self‑insurance liabilities for general liability and workers' compensation as a critical audit matter because
estimating projected settlement value of reported and unreported claims involves significant estimation by management, and changes in actuarial
assumptions could have a significant impact on management's estimate. This required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent
of effort, including the need to involve our actuarial specialists, when performing audit procedures to evaluate whether self‑insurance liabilities
were appropriately recorded as of February 22, 2025.
How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our audit procedures related to the Company's self‑insurance liabilities for general liability and workers' compensation included the following,
among others:
•
We tested the effectiveness of controls related to these self‑insurance liabilities, including management's controls over the projection of
settlement value of reported and unreported claims, management's controls over the review of the actuarial report and evaluation of the
external actuarial expert's qualifications, competency, and objectivity and evaluation of the underlying data sent to the external actuary.
•
We evaluated the methods and assumptions used by management to estimate these self‑insurance liabilities by:
–
Reading the Company's insurance policies and comparing the coverage and terms to the assumptions used by management.
–
Testing the underlying data that served as the basis for the actuarial analysis, including historical claims, to test that the inputs to
the actuarial estimate were accurate and complete.
–
With the assistance of our actuarial specialists, we:
◦
Compared management's prior‑year assumptions of expected development and ultimate loss to actuals incurred during
the current year to identify potential bias in the determination of these self‑insurance liabilities.
◦
Developed an independent estimated range of actuarial liabilities for these self-insurance liabilities and compared our
estimates to management's estimates.
◦
Evaluated the qualifications of the Company's external actuary by assessing their certifications and determining whether
they met the Qualification Standards of the American Academy of Actuaries to render the statements of actuarial opinion
implicit in their analyses.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Boise, Idaho
April 21, 2025
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2006.
51

Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Albertsons Companies, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Albertsons Companies, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of February 22,
2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of February 22, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the
consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended February 22, 2025, of the Company and our report dated April 21, 2025, expressed
an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a
public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S.
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included
obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating
the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A
company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in
reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance
that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and
directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
52

Table of Contents
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Boise, Idaho
April 21, 2025
53

Table of Contents
Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in millions, except share data)
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$
293.6 
$
188.7 
Receivables, net
834.8 
724.4 
Inventories, net
4,989.0 
4,945.2 
Prepaid assets
338.8 
370.3 
Other current assets
102.8 
58.9 
     Total current assets
6,559.0 
6,287.5 
Property and equipment, net
9,811.0 
9,570.3 
Operating lease right-of-use assets
6,153.4 
5,981.6 
Intangible assets, net
2,318.0 
2,434.5 
Goodwill
1,201.0 
1,201.0 
Other assets
713.3 
746.2 
TOTAL ASSETS
$
26,755.7 
$
26,221.1 
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Accounts payable
$
4,092.7 
$
4,218.2 
Accrued salaries and wages
1,345.2 
1,302.6 
Current maturities of long-term debt and finance lease obligations
57.6 
285.2 
Current operating lease obligations
705.5 
677.6 
Current portion of self-insurance liability
374.0 
367.7 
Taxes other than income taxes
393.9 
325.4 
Other current liabilities
282.1 
281.0 
     Total current liabilities
7,251.0 
7,457.7 
Long-term debt and finance lease obligations
7,762.5 
7,783.4 
Long-term operating lease obligations
5,657.2 
5,493.2 
Deferred income taxes
824.1 
807.6 
Long-term self-insurance liability
922.1 
899.9 
Other long-term liabilities
952.9 
1,031.8 
Commitments and contingencies
Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,750,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding as
of February 22, 2025 and February 24, 2024
— 
— 
Series A-1 convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,410,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding as
of February 22, 2025 and February 24, 2024
— 
— 
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Undesignated preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 96,840,000 shares authorized, no shares issued as of February 22,
2025 and February 24, 2024
— 
— 
Class A common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 597,964,926 and 594,445,268 shares
issued as of February 22, 2025 and February 24, 2024, respectively
6.0 
5.9 
Class A-1 convertible common stock, $0.01 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued as of
February 22, 2025 and February 24, 2024
— 
— 
Additional paid-in capital
2,184.0 
2,129.6 
Treasury stock, at cost, 22,522,934 and 18,397,745 shares held as of February 22, 2025 and February 24, 2024,
respectively
(386.7)
(304.2)
Accumulated other comprehensive income
94.7 
88.0 
Retained earnings
1,487.9 
828.2 
     Total stockholders' equity
3,385.9 
2,747.5 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
$
26,755.7 
$
26,221.1 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
54

Table of Contents
Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
(in millions, except per share data)
.9
52 weeks ended
February 22, 2025
52 weeks ended
February 24, 2024
52 weeks ended
February 25, 2023
Net sales and other revenue
$
80,390.9 
$
79,237.7 
$
77,649.7 
Cost of sales
58,135.3 
57,192.0 
55,894.1 
Gross margin
22,255.6 
22,045.7 
21,755.6 
Selling and administrative expenses
20,613.7 
19,932.9 
19,596.0 
Loss (gain) on property dispositions and impairment losses, net
95.8 
43.9 
(147.5)
Operating income
1,546.1 
2,068.9 
2,307.1 
Interest expense, net
459.8 
492.1 
404.6 
Other income, net
(43.4)
(12.2)
(33.0)
Income before income taxes
1,129.7 
1,589.0 
1,935.5 
Income tax expense
171.1 
293.0 
422.0 
Net income
$
958.6 
$
1,296.0 
$
1,513.5 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Recognition of pension gain
4.9 
15.8 
4.6 
Other
1.8 
2.9 
(4.3)
Other comprehensive income
$
6.7 
$
18.7 
$
0.3 
Comprehensive income
$
965.3 
$
1,314.7 
$
1,513.8 
Net income per Class A common share:
Basic net income per Class A common share
$
1.65 
$
2.25 
$
2.29 
Diluted net income per Class A common share
1.64 
2.23 
2.27 
Weighted average Class A common shares outstanding:
Basic
580.1 
575.4 
529.0 
Diluted
583.8 
581.1 
534.0 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
55

Table of Contents
Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in millions)
52 weeks ended
February 22, 2025
52 weeks ended
February 24, 2024
52 weeks ended
February 25, 2023
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income
$
958.6 
$
1,296.0 
$
1,513.5 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Loss (gain) on property dispositions and impairment losses, net
95.8 
43.9 
(147.5)
Depreciation and amortization
1,817.9 
1,779.0 
1,807.1 
Operating lease right-of-use assets amortization
681.2 
665.2 
652.7 
LIFO expense
28.6 
52.0 
268.0 
Deferred income tax
(105.1)
(112.6)
12.9 
Pension and post-retirement benefits expense (income)
8.7 
(2.9)
(21.7)
Contributions to pension and post-retirement benefit plans
(91.3)
(18.3)
(27.3)
Deferred financing costs
16.3 
15.6 
16.9 
Equity-based compensation expense
106.2 
104.5 
138.3 
Other operating activities
(26.0)
1.4 
(6.6)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Receivables, net
(113.8)
(36.3)
(127.1)
Inventories, net
(72.4)
(215.3)
(549.1)
Accounts payable, accrued salaries and wages and other
accrued liabilities
(170.1)
100.5 
(164.2)
Operating lease liabilities
(673.0)
(654.1)
(637.7)
Pension withdrawal liabilities
(15.5)
(88.7)
(103.4)
Self-insurance assets and liabilities
45.9 
30.6 
56.2 
Other operating assets and liabilities
188.6 
(301.0)
172.9 
Net cash provided by operating activities
2,680.6 
2,659.5 
2,853.9 
Cash flows from investing activities:
Payments for property, equipment and intangibles, including lease
buyouts
(1,931.2)
(2,031.3)
(2,153.9)
Proceeds from sale of assets
31.4 
217.6 
195.2 
Other investing activities
8.0 
67.0 
(18.6)
Net cash used in investing activities
(1,891.8)
(1,746.7)
(1,977.3)
56

Table of Contents
Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in millions)
52 weeks ended
February 22, 2025
52 weeks ended
February 24, 2024
52 weeks ended
February 25, 2023
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, including ABL facility
$
50.0 
$
150.0 
$
2,150.0 
Payments on long-term borrowings, including ABL facility
(250.9)
(950.8)
(1,150.8)
Payments of obligations under finance leases
(60.6)
(69.3)
(71.6)
Special dividend paid
— 
— 
(3,916.9)
Dividends paid on common stock
(295.1)
(276.2)
(255.1)
Dividends paid on convertible preferred stock
— 
(0.8)
(65.3)
Treasury stock purchase, at cost
(82.5)
— 
— 
Employee tax withholding on vesting of restricted stock units
(45.0)
(38.8)
(44.0)
Other financing activities
— 
2.5 
(11.7)
Net cash used in financing activities
(684.1)
(1,183.4)
(3,365.4)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents and
restricted cash
104.7 
(270.6)
(2,488.8)
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of
period
193.2 
463.8 
2,952.6 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period
$
297.9 
$
193.2 
$
463.8 
Reconciliation of capital investments:
Payments for property, equipment and intangibles, including
payments for lease buyouts
$
(1,931.2)
$
(2,031.3)
$
(2,153.9)
Lease buyouts
3.7 
(5.3)
(2.8)
Total payments for capital investments, excluding lease buyouts
$
(1,927.5)
$
(2,036.6)
$
(2,156.7)
Supplemental cash flow information:
Non-cash investing and financing activities were as follows:
Additions of finance lease obligations, excluding business
acquisitions
$
42.9 
$
21.6 
$
23.3 
Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts
payable
324.8 
246.8 
333.5 
Interest and income taxes paid:
Interest paid, net of amount capitalized
444.3 
484.2 
395.3 
Income taxes paid
168.4 
405.4 
220.9 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
57

Table of Contents
Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
(in millions, except share data)
Class A Common Stock
Additional
paid in
capital
Treasury Stock
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
 Retained
earnings
(accumulated
deficit)
Total
stockholders'
equity
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Balance as of February 26, 2022
587,904,283 
$
5.9 
$
2,032.2 
99,640,065 
$ (1,647.4)
$
69.0 
$
2,564.9 
$
3,024.6 
Equity-based compensation
— 
— 
112.4 
— 
— 
— 
— 
112.4 
Shares issued and employee tax withholding
on vesting of restricted stock units
3,064,317 
— 
(44.0)
— 
— 
— 
— 
(44.0)
Convertible preferred stock conversions
— 
— 
(61.0)
(78,339,120)
1,295.2 
— 
(1.4)
1,232.8 
Special dividend declared ($6.85 per share)
— 
— 
31.3 
— 
— 
— 
(3,952.6)
(3,921.3)
Cash dividends declared on common stock
($0.48 per common share)
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(255.1)
(255.1)
Dividends accrued on convertible preferred
stock
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(51.0)
(51.0)
Net income
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1,513.5 
1,513.5 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
0.3 
— 
0.3 
Other activity
— 
— 
1.8 
— 
— 
— 
(3.3)
(1.5)
Balance as of February 25, 2023
590,968,600 
5.9 
2,072.7 
21,300,945 
(352.2)
69.3 
(185.0)
1,610.7 
Equity-based compensation
— 
— 
91.5 
— 
— 
— 
— 
91.5 
Shares issued and employee tax withholding
on vesting of restricted stock units
3,476,668 
— 
(38.8)
— 
— 
— 
— 
(38.8)
Convertible preferred stock conversions
— 
— 
— 
(2,903,200)
48.0 
— 
(2.3)
45.7 
Cash dividends declared on common stock
($0.48 per common share)
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(276.2)
(276.2)
Dividends accrued on convertible preferred
stock
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(0.3)
(0.3)
Net income
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1,296.0 
1,296.0 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
18.7 
— 
18.7 
Other activity
— 
— 
4.2 
— 
— 
— 
(4.0)
0.2 
Balance as of February 24, 2024
594,445,268 
5.9 
2,129.6 
18,397,745 
(304.2)
88.0 
828.2 
2,747.5 
Equity-based compensation
— 
— 
99.5 
— 
— 
— 
— 
99.5 
Shares issued and employee tax withholding
on vesting of restricted stock units
3,519,658 
0.1 
(45.0)
— 
— 
— 
— 
(44.9)
Repurchase of common stock
— 
— 
— 
4,118,733 
(82.5)
— 
— 
(82.5)
Cash dividends declared on common stock
($0.51 per common share)
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(295.1)
(295.1)
Net income
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
958.6 
958.6 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
6.7 
— 
6.7 
Other activity
— 
— 
(0.1)
6,456 
— 
— 
(3.8)
(3.9)
Balance as of February 22, 2025
597,964,926 
$
6.0 
$
2,184.0 
22,522,934 
$
(386.7)
$
94.7 
$
1,487.9 
$
3,385.9 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
58

Table of Contents
Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE 1 - DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES
Description of Business
Albertsons Companies, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company" or "ACI") is a food and drug retailer that, as of February 22, 2025, operated
2,270 retail stores together with 405 associated fuel centers, 22 dedicated distribution centers, 19 manufacturing facilities and various digital
platforms. The Company's retail food businesses and in-store pharmacies operate throughout the United States (U.S.) under more than 20 well
known banners including Albertsons, Safeway, Vons, Pavilions, Randalls, Tom Thumb, Carrs, Jewel-Osco, ACME, Shaw's, Star Market, United
Supermarkets, Market Street, Haggen, Kings Food Markets and Balducci's Food Lovers Market. The Company has no separate assets or
liabilities other than its investments in its subsidiaries, and all of its business operations are conducted through its operating subsidiaries.
Basis of Presentation
The Company's Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America ("GAAP"). Intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation for all periods presented.
Significant Accounting Policies
Fiscal year: The Company's fiscal year ends on the last Saturday in February. Unless the context otherwise indicates, reference to a fiscal year of
the Company refers to the calendar year in which such fiscal year commences. The Company's first quarter consists of 16 weeks, the second,
third and fourth quarters generally each consist of 12 weeks, and the fiscal year generally consists of 52 weeks.
Use of estimates: The preparation of the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the reporting periods presented. Certain estimates require
difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and cash equivalents: Cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of
purchase and outstanding deposits related to credit and debit card sales transactions that settle within a few days. Cash and cash equivalents
related to credit and debit card transactions were $570.8 million and $558.9 million as of February 22, 2025 and February 24, 2024, respectively.
The Company has cash and cash equivalents that are in excess of federally insured limits. Though the Company has not experienced any losses
on its cash and cash equivalents to date and it does not anticipate incurring any losses, the Company cannot be assured that it will not experience
losses on its cash and cash equivalents.
Restricted cash: Restricted cash is included in Other current assets and Other assets depending on the remaining term of the restriction and
primarily relates to surety bonds. The Company had $4.3 million and $4.5 million of restricted cash as of February 22, 2025 and February 24,
2024, respectively.
Receivables, net: Receivables consist primarily of trade accounts receivable, pharmacy accounts receivable, tenant receivables and vendor
receivables. Management makes estimates of the uncollectibility of its accounts receivable. In determining the adequacy of the allowances for
doubtful accounts, management analyzes the value of collateral, historical collection experience, aging of receivables and other economic and
industry factors. It is possible that the accuracy of the estimation process could be materially impacted by different judgments, estimations and
59

Table of Contents
assumptions based on the information considered and could result in a further adjustment of receivables. The allowance for doubtful accounts
and bad debt expense were not material for any of the periods presented.
Inventories, net: Substantially all of the Company's inventories consist of finished goods valued at the lower of cost or market and net of vendor
allowances.
As of February 22, 2025, and February 24, 2024, approximately 86.2% and 85.5%, respectively, of the Company's inventories were valued under
the last-in, first-out ("LIFO") method. The Company primarily uses the retail inventory or cost method to determine inventory cost before
application of any LIFO adjustment. Under the retail inventory method, inventory cost is determined, before the application of any LIFO
adjustment, by applying a cost-to-retail ratio to various categories of similar items to the retail value of those items. Under the cost method, the
most recent purchase cost is used to determine the cost of inventory before the application of any LIFO adjustment. Replacement or current cost
was higher than the carrying amount of inventories valued using LIFO by $666.0 million and $637.4 million as of February 22, 2025 and
February 24, 2024, respectively. During fiscal 2024, fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022, inventory quantities in certain LIFO layers were reduced. These
reductions resulted in a liquidation of LIFO inventory quantities carried at lower costs prevailing in prior years as compared with the cost of
fiscal 2024, fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022 purchases. As a result, cost of sales decreased by $0.9 million, $19.0 million and $0.5 million in fiscal
2024, fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022, respectively. Cost for the remaining inventories, which consists primarily of certain perishable and fuel
inventories, was determined using the most recent purchase cost, which approximates the first-in, first-out ("FIFO") method. Perishables are
counted every four weeks and are carried at the last purchased cost which approximates FIFO cost. Fuel inventories are carried at the last
purchased cost, which approximates FIFO cost. The Company records inventory shortages based on actual physical counts at its facilities and
also provides allowances for inventory shortages for the period between the last physical count and the balance sheet date.
Property and equipment, net: Property and equipment is recorded at cost or fair value for assets acquired as part of a business combination,
and depreciation is calculated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated useful lives are generally as
follows: buildings - seven to 40 years; leasehold improvements - the shorter of the remaining lease term or ten to 20 years; and fixtures and
equipment - three to 20 years.
Property and equipment under finance leases are recorded at the lower of the present value of the future minimum lease payments or the fair
value of the asset and are amortized on the straight-line method over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful life. Interest capitalized
on property under construction was immaterial for all periods presented.
Leases: The Company leases certain retail stores, distribution centers, office facilities and equipment from third parties. The Company
determines whether a contract is or contains a lease at contract inception. Operating and finance lease assets and liabilities are recognized at the
lease commencement date. Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use ("ROU") assets, current operating lease obligations and
long-term operating lease obligations on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Finance leases are included in Property and equipment, net, current
maturities of long-term debt and finance lease obligations and long-term debt and finance lease obligations on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Operating lease assets represent the Company's right to use an underlying asset for the lease term, and lease liabilities represent the Company's
obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Lease liabilities are based on the present value of remaining lease payments over the
lease term. As the rate implicit in the Company's leases is not readily determinable, the Company's applicable incremental borrowing rate, which
is estimated to approximate the interest rate on a collateralized basis with similar terms, is used in calculating the present value of the sum of the
lease payments. Operating lease assets are based on the lease liability, adjusted for any prepayments, lease incentives and initial direct costs
incurred. The typical real estate lease period is 15 to 20 years with renewal options for varying terms and, to a limited extent, options to
purchase. The Company includes renewal options that are reasonably certain to be exercised as part of the lease term.
60

Table of Contents
The Company has lease agreements with non-lease components that relate to the lease components. Certain leases contain percent rent based on
sales, escalation clauses or payment of executory costs such as property taxes, utilities, insurance and maintenance. Non-lease components
primarily relate to common area maintenance. Non-lease components and the lease components to which they relate are accounted for together
as a single lease component for all asset classes. The Company recognizes lease payments for short-term leases as expense either straight-line
over the lease term or as incurred depending on whether lease payments are fixed or variable.
Impairment of long-lived assets: The Company regularly reviews the operating performance of its individual stores and other long-lived assets,
together with current market conditions, for indicators of impairment. When events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value
of the individual store's assets or other long-lived assets may not be recoverable, their future undiscounted cash flows are compared to the
carrying value. If the carrying value of the asset is greater than the estimated undiscounted future cash flows, the carrying value of the asset is
compared to the asset's estimated fair value and an impairment loss is recognized when the asset's carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value.
For assets held for sale, the Company recognizes impairment charges for the excess of the carrying value plus estimated costs of disposal over
the fair value. Fair values are determined using an income or market approach based on estimated cash flow expected. The Company uses
multiple inputs, including projected future cash flows and discount rates, to determine the estimated fair value, for which actual results could
differ due to inherent uncertainty involved in estimating fair value. Long-lived asset impairments are recorded as a component of Loss (gain) on
property dispositions and impairment losses, net.
Intangible assets, net: Intangible assets with finite lives consist primarily of trade names, customer prescription files and internally developed
software. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated economic life ranging from three to 40 years.
The Company reviews finite-lived intangible assets for impairment in accordance with its policy for long-lived assets. Intangible assets with
indefinite useful lives, which are not amortized, consist of restricted covenants and liquor licenses. The Company reviews intangible assets with
indefinite useful lives and tests for impairment annually on the first day of the fourth quarter and also if events or changes in circumstances
indicate the occurrence of a triggering event. The review consists of comparing the estimated fair value of the cash flows generated by the asset
to the carrying value of the asset.
Cloud computing arrangements that are service contracts: The Company enters into hosted cloud computing arrangements that are
considered to be service contracts and capitalizes certain development costs related to implementing the cloud computing arrangement. As of
February 22, 2025 and February 24, 2024, the Company had capitalized implementation costs of $246.9 million and $275.9 million, respectively,
included in Other assets. The Company amortizes the costs over the related service contract period of the hosting arrangement. Amortization
expense for the implementation costs was $80.7 million, $80.5 million and $64.9 million for fiscal 2024, fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022 respectively,
and is included within Selling and administrative expenses. In fiscal 2024 and fiscal 2022, there were no impairment and disposal losses related
to capitalized implementation costs. In fiscal 2023, there was $23.4 million of impairment and disposal losses related to capitalized
implementation costs, recorded as a component of Loss (gain) on property dispositions and impairment losses, net.
Goodwill: Goodwill represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in a business
combination. Goodwill is not amortized as the Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually on the first day of its fourth quarter and also
if events or changes in circumstances indicate the occurrence of a triggering event. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment by initially
considering qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative analysis. If it is determined that it is more likely
than not that the fair value of reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative analysis is performed to identify goodwill impairment.
If it is determined that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it is unnecessary to
perform a quantitative analysis. The Company may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to performing a quantitative
analysis. Based on the qualitative analysis performed in fiscal 2024, the Company determined that there was no goodwill impairment.
61

Table of Contents
Business combination measurements: In accordance with applicable accounting standards, the Company estimates the fair value of acquired
assets and assumed liabilities as of the acquisition date of business combinations. These fair value adjustments are input into the calculation of
goodwill related to the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities
assumed in the acquisition.
The fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are determined using market, income and cost approaches from the perspective of a
market participant. The fair value measurements can be based on significant inputs that are not readily observable in the market. The market
approach indicates value for a subject asset based on available market pricing for comparable assets. The market approach used includes prices
and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving comparable assets, as well as pricing guides and other sources. The
income approach indicates value for a subject asset based on the present value of cash flows projected to be generated by the asset. Projected
cash flows are discounted at a required market rate of return that reflects the relative risk of achieving the cash flows and the time value of
money. The cost approach, which estimates value by determining the current cost of replacing an asset with another of equivalent economic
utility, is used for certain assets for which the market and income approaches could not be applied due to the nature of the asset. The cost to
replace a given asset reflects the estimated reproduction or replacement cost for the asset, adjusted for obsolescence, whether physical, functional
or economic.
Equity method investments: Investments in certain companies over which the Company exerts significant influence, but does not control the
financial and operating decisions, are accounted for as equity method investments. For equity method investments, the Company regularly
reviews its investments to determine whether there is a decline in fair value below carrying value. If there is a decline that is other-than-
temporary, the investment is written down to fair value. As of February 22, 2025 and February 24, 2024, the Company has equity method
investments of $82.3  million and $78.2  million, respectively, included in Other assets. Equity in earnings from unconsolidated affiliates is
included in Other income, net, including income of $4.1 million in fiscal 2024, losses of $8.7 million in fiscal 2023 and income of $11.8 million
in fiscal 2022.
The Company's equity method investments previously included an equity interest in Mexico Foods Parent LLC and La Fabrica Parent LLC ("El
Rancho"), a Texas-based specialty grocer. During fiscal 2023, El Rancho exercised its contractual option to repurchase the Company's 45%
ownership interest in El Rancho and the Company received proceeds of $166.1 million. As a result, the Company realized a gain of $10.5 million
during fiscal 2023, included in Other income, net.
Other investments: Investments in equity securities with a readily determinable fair value, not accounted for under the equity method, are
recorded at fair value with realized and unrealized gains and losses included in Other income, net. For equity securities without a readily
determinable fair value, the investment is recorded at cost, less any impairment, plus or minus adjustments related to observable transactions for
the same or similar securities, with realized and unrealized gains and losses included in Other income, net. As of February  22, 2025, the
Company has other investments of $26.0  million, included in Other current assets, and $50.8  million, included in Other assets. As of
February 24, 2024 the Company has $39.4 million, included in Other assets. Net realized and unrealized gains were $34.9 million for fiscal
2024. Net realized and unrealized losses were $1.3 million and $11.5 million for fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022, respectively.
Company-Owned life insurance policies ("COLI"): The Company has COLI policies that have a cash surrender value. The Company has
loans against these policies. The Company has no intention of repaying the loans prior to maturity or cancellation of the policies. Therefore, the
Company offsets the cash surrender value by the related loans. As of February 22, 2025 and February 24, 2024, the cash surrender values of the
policies were $138.1 million and $136.2 million, and the balances of the policy loans were $83.1 million and $82.3 million, respectively. The net
balance of the COLI policies is included in Other assets.
62

Table of Contents
Derivatives: The Company has entered into contracts to purchase electricity and natural gas at fixed prices for a portion of its energy needs. The
Company expects to take delivery of the electricity and natural gas in the normal course of business. Contracts that qualify for the normal
purchase exception under derivatives and hedging accounting guidance are not recorded at fair value. Energy purchased under these contracts is
expensed as delivered. The Company also manages its exposure to changes in diesel prices utilized in the Company's distribution process
through the use of short-term heating oil derivative contracts. These contracts are economic hedges of price risk and are not designated or
accounted for as hedging instruments for accounting purposes. Changes in the fair value of these instruments are recognized in current period
earnings.
Self-Insurance liabilities: The Company is primarily self-insured for workers' compensation, property, automobile and general liability. The
self-insurance liability is undiscounted and determined actuarially, based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported.
The Company has established stop-loss amounts that limit the Company's further exposure after a claim reaches the designated stop-loss
threshold. Stop-loss amounts for claims incurred for the years presented range from $0.25 million to $10.0 million per claim, depending upon the
type of insurance coverage and the year the claim was incurred. In determining its self-insurance liabilities, the Company performs a continuing
review of its overall position and reserving techniques. Since recorded amounts are based on estimates, the ultimate cost of all incurred claims
and related expenses may be more or less than the recorded liabilities.
The Company has reinsurance receivables of $19.1  million and $21.2  million recorded within Receivables, net and $38.2  million and
$53.5 million recorded within Other assets as of February 22, 2025 and February 24, 2024, respectively. The self-insurance liabilities and related
reinsurance receivables are recorded gross.
Changes in self-insurance liabilities consisted of the following (in millions):
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
Beginning balance
$
1,267.6 
$
1,234.1 
Expense, net of actuarial adjustments
402.5 
373.0 
Claim payments
(374.0)
(339.5)
Ending balance
1,296.1 
1,267.6 
Less current portion
(374.0)
(367.7)
Long-term portion
$
922.1 
$
899.9 
Benefit plans and Multiemployer plans: Substantially all of the Company's employees are covered by various contributory and non-
contributory pension, profit sharing or 401(k) plans, in addition to sponsored defined benefit plans. Certain employees participate in a long-term
retention incentive bonus plan. The Company also provides certain health and welfare benefits, including short-term and long-term disability
benefits to inactive disabled employees prior to retirement.
The Company recognizes a liability for the underfunded status of the defined benefit plans as a component of Other long-term liabilities.
Actuarial gains or losses and prior service costs or credits are recorded within Other comprehensive income (loss). The determination of the
Company's obligation and related expense for its sponsored pensions and other post-retirement benefits is dependent, in part, on management's
selection of certain actuarial assumptions in calculating these amounts. These assumptions include, among other things, the discount rate and
expected long-term rate of return on plan assets.
Most union employees participate in multiemployer retirement plans pursuant to collective bargaining agreements, unless the collective
bargaining agreement provides for participation in plans sponsored by the Company. Pension expense for the multiemployer plans is recognized
as contributions are funded.
63

Table of Contents
Equity-based compensation: The Company recognizes equity-based compensation expense for restricted stock units ("Restricted Stock Units"
or "RSUs") and restricted common stock of the Company ("RSAs") granted to employees and non-employee directors. Actual forfeitures are
recognized as they occur. Equity-based compensation expense is based on the fair value on the grant date and is recognized over the requisite
service period of the award, generally between one and three years from the date of the award. The fair value of the RSUs and RSAs with a
service condition or performance-based condition is generally determined using the fair market value of the Company's Class A common stock
on the grant date.
Revenue recognition: Revenues from the retail sale of products are recognized at the point of sale or delivery to the customer, net of returns and
sales tax. Pharmacy sales are recorded upon the customer receiving the prescription. Third-party receivables from pharmacy sales were
$464.1 million and $376.1 million as of February 22, 2025 and February 24, 2024, respectively, and are recorded in Receivables, net. For digital
related sales, which primarily include home delivery and Drive Up & Go curbside pickup, revenues are recognized upon either pickup in store or
delivery to the customer and may include revenue for separately charged delivery services. Discounts provided to customers by the Company at
the time of sale are recognized as a reduction in sales as the products are sold. Discounts provided to customers by vendors, usually in the form
of coupons, are not recognized as a reduction in sales, provided the coupons are redeemable at any retailer that accepts coupons. The Company
recognizes revenue and records a corresponding receivable from the vendor for the difference between the sales prices and the cash received
from the customer. The Company records a contract liability when rewards are earned by customers in connection with the Company's loyalty
programs. As rewards are redeemed or expire, the Company reduces the contract liability and recognizes revenue. The contract liability balance
was immaterial in fiscal 2024 and fiscal 2023. Media advertising services are classified as either Net sales and other revenue or a reduction in
Cost of sales depending on the nature of the media advertising arrangement.
The Company records a contract liability when it sells its own proprietary gift cards. The Company records a sale when the customer redeems
the gift card. The Company's gift cards do not expire. The Company reduces the contract liability and records revenue for the unused portion of
gift cards in proportion to its customers' pattern of redemption, which the Company determined to be the historical redemption rate. The
Company's contract liability related to gift cards was $119.9  million and $111.4  million as of February  22, 2025 and February  24, 2024,
respectively.
Disaggregated Revenues
The following table represents Net sales and other revenue by product type (dollars in millions):
Fiscal
 2024
Fiscal
 2023
Fiscal
 2022
Amount
(1)
% of Total
Amount
(1)
% of Total
Amount
(1)
% of Total
Non-perishables (2)
$
40,102.8 
49.9 % $
39,977.3 
50.5 % $
39,142.4 
50.4 %
Fresh (3)
25,507.3 
31.7 %
25,442.7 
32.1 %
25,585.4 
32.9 %
Pharmacy
9,597.2 
11.9 %
8,240.0 
10.4 %
6,769.3 
8.7 %
Fuel
3,980.6 
5.0 %
4,396.7 
5.5 %
4,857.6 
6.3 %
Other (4)
1,203.0 
1.5 %
1,181.0 
1.5 %
1,295.0 
1.7 %
Total
$
80,390.9 
100.0 % $
79,237.7 
100.0 % $
77,649.7 
100.0 %
(1) Digital related sales are included in the categories to which the revenue pertains.
(2) Consists primarily of general merchandise, grocery, dairy and frozen foods.
(3) Consists primarily of produce, meat, deli and prepared foods, bakery, floral and seafood.
(4) Consists primarily of wholesale sales to third parties, commissions, media advertising revenue, rental income and other miscellaneous revenue.
 
64

Table of Contents
Cost of sales and vendor allowances: Cost of sales includes, among other things, purchasing and sourcing costs, inbound freight costs, product
quality testing costs, warehousing and distribution costs, Own Brands program costs and digital-related delivery and handling costs.
The Company receives vendor allowances or rebates ("Vendor Allowances") for a variety of merchandising initiatives and buying activities. The
terms of the Company's Vendor Allowances arrangements vary in length but are primarily expected to be completed within a quarter. The
Company records Vendor Allowances as a reduction of Cost of sales when the associated products are sold. Vendor Allowances that have been
earned as a result of completing the required performance under terms of the underlying agreements but for which the product has not yet been
sold are recognized as reductions of inventory. The reduction of inventory for these Vendor Allowances was $71.7 million and $66.6 million as
of February 22, 2025 and February 24, 2024, respectively.
Advertising costs are included in Cost of sales and are expensed in the period the advertising occurs. Cooperative advertising funds are recorded
as a reduction of Cost of sales when the advertising occurs. Advertising costs were $530.0 million, $535.7 million and $498.2 million, net of
cooperative advertising allowances of $62.3 million, $67.0 million and $63.9 million for fiscal 2024, fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022, respectively.
Selling and administrative expenses: Selling and administrative expenses consist primarily of store and corporate employee-related costs such
as salaries and wages, equity-based compensation, health and welfare benefits, workers' compensation and pension benefits, as well as rent,
occupancy, debit and credit card fees, depreciation, utilities, amortization of intangibles and other operating and administrative costs.
Income taxes: The Company's income before taxes is primarily from domestic operations. Deferred taxes are provided for the net tax effects of
temporary differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year
in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income
in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established where management determines that it is more likely than not
that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company reviews tax positions taken or expected to be taken on tax
returns to determine whether and to what extent a tax benefit can be recognized. The Company evaluates its positions taken and establishes
liabilities in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for uncertain tax positions. The Company reviews these liabilities as facts and
circumstances change and adjusts accordingly. The Company recognizes any interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as a
component of Income tax expense. U.S. shareholders of a controlled foreign corporation are required to provide U.S. taxes on its share of global
intangible low-taxed income ("GILTI"). The current and deferred tax impact of GILTI is not material to the Company. Accordingly, the Company
will report the tax impact of GILTI as a period cost and not provide deferred taxes for the basis difference that would be expected to reverse as
GILTI.
Recently adopted accounting standards: In November 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting
Standards Update ("ASU") 2023-07, "Segment Reporting Topic (280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosure." The ASU updated
reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses and information used to
assess segment performance. The Company adopted this ASU beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024 on a retrospective basis for all
periods presented, requiring additional disclosures in its consolidated financial statements. For additional information about the Company's
segment reporting, see Note 15 - Segment Information.
Recently issued accounting standards: In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, "Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to
Income Tax Disclosures." The ASU enhances the transparency and decision usefulness of income tax disclosures and is effective for annual
periods beginning after December 15, 2024 on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact
of this ASU on its Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.
65

Table of Contents
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, "Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation
Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses." The ASU requires disclosures about specific types of expenses,
including purchases of inventory, employee compensation, depreciation and amortization. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2026, and for interim periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early
adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on its Consolidated Financial Statements and related
disclosures.
NOTE 2 - TERMINATION OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT
As previously disclosed, on October 13, 2022, the Company, The Kroger Co. ("Kroger") and Kettle Merger Sub, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary
of Kroger ("Merger Sub"), entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement"), pursuant to which Merger Sub would have
been merged with and into the Company (the "Merger"), with the Company surviving the Merger as the surviving corporation and a direct,
wholly owned subsidiary of Kroger.
Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, each share of Class A common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the
Merger (the "Effective Time"), would have converted automatically at the Effective Time into the right to receive from Kroger $34.10 per share
in cash, without interest, reduced by the special cash dividend of $6.85 per share of Class A common stock which was paid on January 20, 2023.
The adjusted per share cash purchase price was expected to be $27.25 per share of Class A common stock. All outstanding Company equity
awards would have converted to Kroger equity awards as described in the Merger Agreement.
In connection with obtaining the requisite regulatory approval to consummate the Merger, on September 8, 2023, the Company and Kroger
announced that the parties had entered into a definitive agreement with C&S Wholesale Grocers, LLC ("C&S") for the sale of select stores,
banners, distribution centers, offices and private label brands. On April 22, 2024, the Company and Kroger announced they had amended the
definitive agreement with C&S. The divestiture to C&S was subject to fulfillment of customary closing conditions, including clearance by the
United States Federal Trade Commission ("FTC") and the completion of the proposed Merger.
On February 26, 2024, the FTC instituted an administrative proceeding to prohibit the Merger. On the same day, the FTC (joined by nine states)
filed suit in the United States District Court for the District of Oregon, requesting a preliminary injunction to enjoin the consummation of the
Merger. On January 15, 2024 and February 14, 2024, the attorneys general of the States of Washington and Colorado, respectively, filed suit in
their respective state courts, also seeking to enjoin the consummation of the Merger.
On December 10, 2024, the United States District Court for the District of Oregon issued a preliminary injunction in the case Federal Trade
Commission et al. v. The Kroger Company and Albertsons Companies, Inc. (Case No.: 3:24-cv-00347-AN), whereby the court enjoined the
consummation of the Merger. In light of the preliminary injunction, and in accordance with Section 8.1(e) of the Merger Agreement, the
Company exercised its right to terminate the Merger Agreement and sent a notice to Kroger on December 10, 2024 terminating the Merger
Agreement.
Following the Company's termination of the Merger Agreement, on December 10, 2024, the Company filed a lawsuit against Kroger in the Court
of Chancery in the State of Delaware, bringing claims for willful breach of the Merger Agreement and breach of the covenant of good faith and
fair dealing arising from Kroger's failure to exercise "best efforts" and to take "any and all actions" to secure regulatory approval, as was required
of Kroger under the terms of the Merger Agreement. The Company is seeking damages in an amount to be determined at trial, in addition to the
$600 million termination fee which Kroger is already obligated to pay to the Company under the Merger Agreement.
66

Table of Contents
On December 11, 2024, Kroger delivered a termination notice to the Company, alleging that the Company's December 10, 2024 termination
notice was not effective and that Kroger had no obligation to pay the $600 million termination fee because the Company allegedly failed to
perform and comply in all material respects with its covenants under the Merger Agreement. On March 25, 2025, Kroger answered the
Company's lawsuit and brought counterclaims against the Company in connection with the Company's alleged failure to perform under the
Merger Agreement.
NOTE 3 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in millions):
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
Land
$
2,094.6 
$
2,118.9 
Buildings
5,787.7 
5,537.7 
Property under construction
815.9 
692.4 
Leasehold improvements
2,861.1 
2,699.0 
Fixtures and equipment
8,948.0 
8,792.1 
Property and equipment under finance leases
617.9 
679.3 
Total property and equipment
21,125.2 
20,519.4 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
(11,314.2)
(10,949.1)
Total property and equipment, net
$
9,811.0 
$
9,570.3 
Depreciation expense was $1,353.7 million, $1,334.1 million and $1,433.1 million for fiscal 2024, fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022, respectively.
Amortization expense related to finance lease assets was $45.8 million, $51.7 million and $55.5 million in fiscal 2024, fiscal 2023 and fiscal
2022, respectively. Fixed asset impairment losses of $83.6 million, $0.9 million and $5.1 million were recorded as a component of Loss (gain)
on property dispositions and impairment losses, net in fiscal 2024, fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022, respectively.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024, the Company performed an overall review of its retail store portfolio in consideration of its post-Merger
business strategy. As a result, the Company identified certain stores with carrying values that exceeded their undiscounted cash flows, and
recorded retail store impairment losses of $34.4 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024, for a total of $53.9 million during fiscal 2024. The
Company also recorded impairment losses of $29.7 million primarily related to equipment from the closing of our micro-fulfillment centers in
fiscal 2024.
67

Table of Contents
NOTE 4 - INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Intangible assets, net consisted of the following (in millions):
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
Estimated
useful lives
(Years)
Gross
carrying
amount
Accumulated
amortization
Net
Gross
carrying
amount
Accumulated
amortization
Net
Trade names
40
$
1,935.8 
$
(507.7)
$
1,428.1 
$
1,935.8 
$
(459.1)
$
1,476.7 
Customer prescription files
5
1,441.0 
(1,400.2)
40.8 
1,430.9 
(1,389.1)
41.8 
Internally developed software
3 to 5
1,889.2 
(1,127.5)
761.7 
1,769.5 
(944.3)
825.2 
Other intangible assets (1)
3 to 6
44.7 
(41.6)
3.1 
66.1 
(61.5)
4.6 
Total finite-lived intangible
assets
5,310.7 
(3,077.0)
2,233.7 
5,202.3 
(2,854.0)
2,348.3 
Liquor licenses and restricted
covenants
Indefinite
84.3 
— 
84.3 
86.2 
— 
86.2 
Total intangible assets, net
$
5,395.0 
$
(3,077.0)
$
2,318.0 
$
5,288.5 
$
(2,854.0)
$
2,434.5 
(1) Other intangible assets includes covenants not to compete, specialty accreditation and licenses and patents.
Amortization expense for intangible assets was $337.7 million, $312.7 million and $253.6 million for fiscal 2024, fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022,
respectively. Estimated future amortization expense associated with the net carrying amount of intangibles with finite lives is as follows (in
millions):
Fiscal Year
Amortization Expected
2025
$
348.6 
2026
283.2 
2027
174.5 
2028
89.4 
2029
57.4 
Thereafter
1,280.6 
Total
$
2,233.7 
In fiscal 2024 and fiscal 2023, there were $13.6 million and $39.9 million, respectively, of intangible asset impairment and disposal losses
related to internally developed software recorded as a component of Loss (gain) on property dispositions and impairment losses, net. There were
no intangible asset impairment and disposal losses in fiscal 2022.
NOTE 5 - FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The accounting guidance for fair value established a framework for measuring fair value and established a three-level valuation hierarchy for
disclosure of fair value measurement. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability at
the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:
Level 1 -    Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
68

Table of Contents
Level 2 -    Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable; and
Level 3 -    Unobservable inputs in which little or no market activity exists, requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions that
market participants would use to value the asset or liability.
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants at the measurement date.
The following table presents certain assets which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of February 22, 2025 (in millions):
 
Fair Value Measurements
Total
Quoted prices 
in active markets
for identical
assets
(Level 1)
Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
Assets:
Short-term investments (1)
$
41.3 
$
6.8 
$
34.5 
$
— 
Non-current investments (2)
118.8 
7.2 
111.6 
— 
Derivative contracts (3)
0.3 
— 
0.3 
— 
Total
$
160.4 
$
14.0 
$
146.4 
$
— 
Liabilities:
Derivative contracts (3)
$
0.6 
$
— 
$
0.6 
$
— 
Total
$
0.6 
$
— 
$
0.6 
$
— 
(1) Primarily relates to Mutual Funds (Level 1), and certain equity investments and Certificates of Deposit (Level 2). Included in Other current assets.
(2) Primarily relates to investments in Exchange-Traded Funds (Level 1), and certain equity investments, U.S. Treasury Notes and Corporate Bonds (Level 2). Included in Other
assets.
(3) Primarily relates to energy derivative contracts. Included in Other assets or Other current liabilities.
 
69

Table of Contents
The following table presents certain assets which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of February 24, 2024 (in millions):
 
Fair Value Measurements
Total
Quoted prices 
in active markets
for identical
assets
(Level 1)
Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
Assets:
Short-term investments (1)
$
23.3 
$
5.3 
$
18.0 
$
— 
Non-current investments (2)
107.3 
6.4 
100.9 
— 
Derivative contracts (3)
1.5 
— 
1.5 
— 
Total
$
132.1 
$
11.7 
$
120.4 
$
— 
Liabilities:
Derivative contracts (3)
$
0.8 
$
— 
$
0.8 
$
— 
Total
$
0.8 
$
— 
$
0.8 
$
— 
(1) Primarily relates to Mutual Funds (Level 1) and Certificates of Deposit (Level 2). Included in Other current assets.
(2) Primarily relates to investments in Exchange-Traded Funds (Level 1), and certain equity investments, U.S. Treasury Notes and Corporate Bonds (Level 2). Included in Other
assets.
(3) Primarily relates to energy derivative contracts. Included in Other assets and Other current liabilities.
The Company records cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable at cost. The recorded values of these
financial instruments approximate fair value based on their short-term nature.
The estimated fair value of the Company's debt, including current maturities, was based on Level 2 inputs, being market quotes or values for
similar instruments, and interest rates currently available to the Company for the issuance of debt with similar terms and remaining maturities as
a discount rate for the remaining principal payments. As of February 22, 2025, the fair value of total debt was $7,312.1 million compared to a
carrying value of $7,452.4 million, excluding debt discounts and deferred financing costs. As of February 24, 2024, the fair value of total debt
was $7,457.2 million compared to the carrying value of $7,684.2 million, excluding debt discounts and deferred financing costs.
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
The Company measures certain assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis, including long-lived assets and goodwill, which are evaluated for
impairment. Long-lived assets include store-related assets such as property and equipment, operating lease assets and certain intangible assets.
The inputs used to determine the fair value of long-lived assets and a reporting unit are considered Level 3 measurements due to their subjective
nature.
The Company recorded long-lived asset impairment and disposal losses of $104.2 million, $42.6 million and $5.1 million during fiscal 2024,
fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022, respectively.
 
70

Table of Contents
NOTE 6 - LONG-TERM DEBT AND FINANCE LEASE OBLIGATIONS
The Company's long-term debt and finance lease obligations as of February 22, 2025 and February 24, 2024, net of unamortized debt discounts
of $28.6 million and $33.3 million, respectively, and deferred financing costs of $31.6 million and $42.7 million, respectively, consisted of the
following (in millions):
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
Senior Unsecured Notes due 2026 to 2030, interest rate range of 3.25% to 7.50%
$
6,517.0 
$
6,506.4 
New Albertsons L.P. Notes due 2026 to 2031, interest rate range of 6.52% to 8.70%
484.6 
480.1 
Safeway Inc. Notes due 2027 to 2031, interest rate range of 7.25% to 7.45%
375.9 
375.4 
ABL Facility
— 
200.0 
Other financing obligations
14.7 
46.3 
Finance lease obligations (see Note 7)
427.9 
460.4 
Total debt
7,820.1 
8,068.6 
Less current maturities
(57.6)
(285.2)
Long-term portion
$
7,762.5 
$
7,783.4 
As of February 22, 2025, the future maturities of long-term debt, excluding finance lease obligations, debt discounts and deferred financing
costs, consisted of the following (in millions):
2025
$
0.6 
2026
2,760.1 
2027
1,656.6 
2028
44.0 
2029
2,477.9 
Thereafter
513.2 
Total
$
7,452.4 
The Company's amended and restated senior secured asset-based loan facility (as amended, the "ABL Facility") and certain of the outstanding
notes and debentures have restrictive covenants, subject to the right to cure in certain circumstances, calling for the acceleration of payments due
in the event of a breach of a covenant or a default in the payment of a specified amount of indebtedness due under certain debt arrangements.
There are no restrictions on the Company's ability to receive distributions from its subsidiaries to fund interest and principal payments due under
the ABL Facility and the Company's senior unsecured notes (the "Senior Unsecured Notes"). Each of the ABL Facility and the Senior Unsecured
Notes restrict the ability of the Company to pay dividends and distribute property to the Company's stockholders. As a result, all of the
Company's consolidated net assets are effectively restricted with respect to their ability to be transferred to the Company's stockholders.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the ABL Facility and the Senior Unsecured Notes each contain customary exceptions for certain dividends and
distributions, if certain conditions are satisfied under the documentation governing the ABL Facility and the Senior Unsecured Notes. The
Company was in compliance with all such covenants and provisions as of and for the fiscal year ended February 22, 2025.
ABL Facility
The Company's ABL Facility provides for a $4,000.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, maturing on December 20, 2026. The ABL
Facility has an interest rate of Term SOFR plus a margin ranging from 1.25% to
71

Table of Contents
1.50% and also provides for a letters of credit ("LOC") sub-facility of $1,500.0 million. The unused commitment fee is 0.25% per annum.
As of February 22, 2025, there were no amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility as the Company repaid $250.0 million and borrowed
$50.0  million during fiscal 2024, and LOC issued under the LOC sub-facility were $27.4  million. As of February  24, 2024, there was
$200.0 million outstanding under the ABL Facility as the Company repaid $950.0 million and borrowed $150.0 million during fiscal 2023, and
LOC issued under the LOC sub-facility were $48.3 million. On November 2, 2022, the Company provided notice to the lenders to borrow
$1,400.0 million under the ABL Facility, which together with cash on hand was used to fund the payment of the Special Dividend (as defined
below in Note 8 - Stockholders' Equity and Convertible Preferred Stock). Subsequently, during fiscal 2022, the Company repaid $400.0 million
of the ABL Facility. During the fiscal years ended February 22, 2025 and February 24, 2024, the average interest rate on the ABL Facility was
7.1% and 6.5%, respectively.
The ABL Facility is guaranteed by the Company's existing and future direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that are not
borrowers, subject to certain exceptions. The ABL Facility is secured by, subject to certain exceptions, (i) a first-priority lien on substantially all
of the ABL Facility priority collateral and (ii) a first-priority lien on substantially all other assets (other than real property). The ABL Facility
contains no financial covenant unless and until (a) excess availability is less than (i) 10.0% of the lesser of the aggregate commitments and the
then-current borrowing base at any time or is (ii) $250.0 million at any time or (b) an event of default is continuing. If any of such events occur,
the Company must maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0 from the date such triggering event occurs until such event of default is
cured or waived and/or the 30th day that all such triggers under clause (a) no longer exist.
Senior Unsecured Notes
On March 11, 2025, subsequent to the end of fiscal 2024, the Company and substantially all of its subsidiaries completed the issuance of $600.0
million in aggregate principal amount of 6.250% senior unsecured notes due March 15, 2033 (the "2033 Notes"). Interest on the 2033 Notes is
payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, with the first payment commencing on September 15, 2025. On
March 17, 2025, subsequent to the end of fiscal 2024, proceeds from the 2033 Notes, together with approximately $5.6 million of cash on hand,
were used to (i) redeem in full the $600.0 million outstanding of the Company's 7.500% senior unsecured notes due March 15, 2026 and (ii) pay
fees and expenses related to the issuance of the 2033 Notes.
On February 13, 2023, the Company and substantially all of its subsidiaries completed the issuance of $750.0 million in aggregate principal
amount of 6.500% senior unsecured notes due February 15, 2028 (the "New 2028 Notes"). Interest on the New 2028 Notes is payable semi-
annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, and the first payment commenced on August 15, 2023. On February 15, 2023,
proceeds from the New 2028 Notes, together with approximately $7.1 million of cash on hand, were used to (i) repay in full the $750.0 million
outstanding of the Company's 3.50% senior unsecured notes due February 15, 2023 and (ii) pay fees and expenses related to the issuance of the
New 2028 Notes.
The Senior Unsecured Notes have not been and will not be registered with the SEC. Each of these notes are also fully and unconditionally
guaranteed, jointly and severally, by substantially all of the Company’s subsidiaries that are not issuers under the indenture governing such notes.
The Company, an issuer and direct or indirect parent of each of the other issuers of the Senior Unsecured Notes, has no independent assets or
operations. All of the direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company, other than subsidiaries that are issuers, or guarantors, as applicable, of the
Senior Unsecured Notes are minor, individually and in the aggregate.
72

Table of Contents
Deferred Financing Costs and Interest Expense, Net
Financing costs incurred to obtain all financing, except for ABL Facility financing, are recognized as a direct reduction from the carrying amount
of the debt liability and are amortized over the term of the related debt using the effective interest method. Financing costs incurred to obtain
ABL Facility financing are capitalized and amortized over the ABL Facility term using the straight-line method. Deferred financing costs
associated with ABL Facility financing are included in Other assets and were $9.5 million and $14.7 million as of February  22, 2025 and
February 24, 2024, respectively.
Interest expense, net consisted of the following (in millions):
Fiscal
 2024
Fiscal
 2023
Fiscal
 2022
ABL Facility, senior secured and unsecured notes, and debentures
$
414.8 
$
446.9 
$
404.9 
Finance lease obligations
38.8 
45.5 
51.4 
Amortization of deferred financing costs
16.3 
15.6 
16.9 
Other interest income, net
(10.1)
(15.9)
(68.6)
Interest expense, net
$
459.8 
$
492.1 
$
404.6 
NOTE 7 - LEASES
The components of total lease cost, net consisted of the following (in millions):
Classification
Fiscal
 2024
Fiscal
 2023
Fiscal
 2022
Operating lease cost (1)
Cost of sales and Selling and
administrative expenses (3)
$
1,111.5 
$
1,082.8 
$
1,062.8 
Finance lease cost
Amortization of lease assets
Cost of sales and Selling and
administrative expenses (3)
45.8 
51.7 
55.5 
Interest on lease liabilities
Interest expense, net
38.8 
45.5 
51.4 
Variable lease cost (2)
Cost of sales and Selling and
administrative expenses (3)
465.8 
456.3 
441.9 
Sublease income
Net sales and other revenue
(76.0)
(78.6)
(83.3)
Total lease cost, net
$
1,585.9 
$
1,557.7 
$
1,528.3 
(1) Includes short-term lease cost, which is immaterial.
(2) Represents variable lease costs for both operating and finance leases. Includes contingent rent expense and other non-fixed lease-related costs, including property taxes,
common area maintenance and property insurance.
(3) Supply chain-related amounts are included in Cost of sales.
73

Balance sheet information related to leases as of February 22, 2025 and February 24, 2024 consisted of the following (in millions):
Classification
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
Assets
Operating
Operating lease right-of-use assets
$
6,153.4 
$
5,981.6 
Finance
Property and equipment, net
288.0 
300.2 
Total lease assets
$
6,441.4 
$
6,281.8 
Liabilities
Current
Operating
Current operating lease obligations
$
705.5 
$
677.6 
Finance
Current maturities of long-term debt and finance lease
obligations
57.0 
68.3 
Long-term
Operating
Long-term operating lease obligations
5,657.2 
5,493.2 
Finance
Long-term debt and finance lease obligations
370.9 
392.1 
Total lease liabilities
$
6,790.6 
$
6,631.2 
The following table presents cash flow information for leases (in millions):
Fiscal
 2024
Fiscal
 2023
Fiscal
 2022
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases
$
1,070.1 
$
1,042.0 
$
1,020.2 
Operating cash flows from finance leases
38.8 
45.5 
51.4 
Financing cash flows from finance leases
60.6 
69.3 
71.6 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligations
868.6 
773.0 
629.5 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for finance lease obligations
41.3 
22.6 
22.8 
Impairment of right-of-use operating lease assets
7.0 
1.8 
— 
The following table presents the weighted average lease term and discount rate for leases:
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
Weighted average remaining lease term - operating leases
10.2 years
10.5 years
Weighted average remaining lease term - finance leases
9.7 years
8.7 years
Weighted average discount rate - operating leases
6.4 %
6.4 %
Weighted average discount rate - finance leases
9.2 %
10.1 %
74

Future minimum lease payments for operating and finance lease obligations as of February 22, 2025 consisted of the following (in millions):
Lease Obligations
Fiscal year
Operating Leases
Finance Leases
2025
$
1,010.6 
$
81.3 
2026
1,047.1 
78.5 
2027
964.3 
67.2 
2028
881.9 
58.9 
2029
779.8 
50.5 
Thereafter
4,194.8 
286.7 
Total future minimum obligations
8,878.5 
623.1 
Less interest
(2,515.8)
(195.2)
Present value of net future minimum lease obligations
6,362.7 
427.9 
Less current portion
(705.5)
(57.0)
Long-term obligations
$
5,657.2 
$
370.9 
The Company subleases certain property to third parties. Future minimum tenant operating lease payments remaining under these non-cancelable
operating leases as of February 22, 2025 was $278.0 million.
NOTE 8 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
Common Stock
On June 8, 2020, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation to authorize 1,150,000,000 shares of common stock, par
value $0.01 per share, of which 1,000,000,000 shares were classified as Class A common stock ("Class A common stock") and 150,000,000
shares were classified as Class A-1 convertible common stock ("Class A-1 common stock"). As of February 22, 2025, there were 597,964,926
and 575,441,992 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding, respectively, and no shares of Class A-1 common stock issued or
outstanding. As of February  24, 2024, there were 594,445,268 and 576,047,523 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding,
respectively, and no shares of Class A-1 common stock issued or outstanding.
The terms of the Class A common stock are substantially identical to the terms of the Class A-1 common stock, except that the Class A-1
common stock does not have voting rights. Each holder of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote for each share owned of record on all
matters voted upon by stockholders. A majority vote is required for all action to be taken by stockholders, except as otherwise provided for in the
Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws or as required by law. Subject to preferences that
may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of the Company's Class A common stock and Class A-1 common stock are
entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors (the "Board") out of legally
available funds. In the event of the Company's liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of Class A common stock and Class A-1
common stock are entitled to share equally and ratably in the Company's assets, if any, remaining after the payment of all debts and liabilities
and the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock. When permitted under the relevant antitrust restrictions, any issued shares of
Class A-1 common stock would automatically convert on a one-for-one basis to voting shares of Class A common stock.
The Company has established a dividend policy pursuant to which the Company intends to pay a quarterly dividend on its Class A common
stock. The Company paid cash dividends on its Class A common stock of $295.1 million during fiscal 2024, $276.2 million during fiscal 2023
and $255.1 million during fiscal 2022, excluding the Special Dividend (as defined below). On December 11, 2024, the Company announced that
the Board increased the
75

quarterly cash dividend 25% from $0.12 per common share to $0.15 per common share. On April 15, 2025, the Company announced the next
quarterly dividend payment of $0.15 per share of Class A common stock to be paid on May 9, 2025 to stockholders of record as of the close of
business on April 25, 2025. Future dividends will be made at the discretion of the Board and will depend on, among other things, general and
economic conditions, industry standards, the Company's financial condition and operating results, the Company's available cash and current and
anticipated cash needs, restrictions under the documentation governing certain of the Company's indebtedness, including the ABL Facility and
Senior Unsecured Notes, capital requirements, regulations and contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions, and such other factors as the
Board may deem relevant.
Special Dividend
In connection with the Company's previously-announced Board-led review of potential strategic alternatives to enhance the Company's growth
and maximize stockholder value, on October 13, 2022, the Company declared a special cash dividend of $6.85 per share of Class A common
stock (the "Special Dividend"). The Special Dividend was payable to stockholders of record, including holders of Series A preferred stock on an
as-converted basis, as of the close of business on October 24, 2022. On January 20, 2023, the Special Dividend of $3,916.9 million was paid.
Convertible Preferred Stock
On June 8, 2020, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation to authorize 100,000,000 shares of convertible preferred
stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which 1,750,000 shares were designated Series A preferred stock ("Series A preferred stock") and 1,410,000
shares were designated Series A-1 convertible preferred stock ("Series A-1 preferred stock" and together with the Series A preferred stock, the
"Convertible Preferred Stock"). On June 9, 2020 (the "Preferred Closing Date"), the Company sold and issued (i) an aggregate of 1,410,000
shares of Series A-1 preferred stock and (ii)  an aggregate of 340,000 shares of Series A preferred stock. The Company received aggregate
proceeds of $1,680.0 million from the sale and issuance of the Convertible Preferred Stock which had an aggregate liquidation preference of
$1,750.0 million. The Convertible Preferred Stock was presented outside of permanent equity at its original issuance price less costs incurred,
due to it being contingently redeemable. The Series A preferred stock was convertible at the option of the holders thereof at any time into shares
of Class A common stock, each at an initial conversion price of $17.22 per share and an initial conversion rate of 58.064 shares of Common
Stock per share of Convertible Preferred Stock, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments.
The terms of the Series A preferred stock were substantially identical to the terms of the Series A-1 preferred stock, except that the Series A
preferred stock voted together with Class A common stock on an as-converted basis, but the Series A-1 preferred stock could not vote with Class
A common stock on an as converted basis. The Convertible Preferred Stock, with respect to dividend rights and/or distribution rights upon the
liquidation, winding-up or dissolution, as applicable, ranked senior to each class of common stock and junior to existing and future indebtedness
and other liabilities.
During fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022, certain holders of the Company's Convertible Preferred Stock converted 50,000 and 1,349,186 shares of
Convertible Preferred Stock, respectively, into 2,903,200 and 78,339,120 shares of the Company's Class A common stock, respectively, which
were issued from treasury stock. As a result, the Company has issued, in the aggregate, 101,611,902 shares of Class A common stock to holders
of Convertible Preferred Stock. These non-cash conversions represent 100% of the originally issued Convertible Preferred Stock. As of
February 22, 2025 and February 24, 2024, no shares of Convertible Preferred Stock are outstanding.
The holders of Convertible Preferred Stock were entitled to a quarterly dividend at a rate per annum of 6.75% of the liquidation preference per
share of the Convertible Preferred Stock. In addition, the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock participated in cash dividends that the Company
pays on its common stock to the extent that such cash dividends exceeded $206.25 million per fiscal year. The Company paid cash dividends to
holders of the Convertible
76

Preferred Stock of $0.8 million during fiscal 2023 and $65.3 million during fiscal 2022, excluding the Special Dividend.
Treasury Stock
On December 11, 2024, the Company announced that the Board has authorized a share repurchase program of up to $2.0 billion of the
Company's common stock, inclusive of the existing authorization. The share repurchase program could include open market repurchases,
accelerated share repurchase programs, tender offers, block trades, potential privately negotiated transactions, or trading plans in compliance
with the federal securities laws. As part of the share repurchase program, during fiscal 2024, the Company, through a series of open-market
transactions, repurchased 4,118,733 shares of its common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $82.5 million. There were no repurchases of
the Company's common stock during fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022.
During fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022, the Company reissued 2,903,200 and 78,339,120 shares of treasury stock, at cost, respectively, upon
conversion of approximately 50,000 and 1,349,186 shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, respectively into Class A common stock. Shares of
treasury stock are reissued based on specific identification.
NOTE 9 - EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION
The Company maintains the Albertsons Companies, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan and the Albertsons Companies, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit
Plan (the "Equity Plans"). Under the Equity Plans, subsequent to the IPO, 43.6 million shares of Class A common stock have been authorized for
issuance as equity awards. As of February 22, 2025, 25.3 million shares of Class A common stock remained available for future awards.
Under the Equity Plans, the Company recognizes equity-based compensation expense for RSUs and RSAs granted to employees and non-
employee directors. Upon vesting, RSUs and RSAs will be settled in shares of the Company's Class A common stock. RSUs generally vest over
three years from the grant date, based on a service period, or upon a combination of both a service period and achievement of certain
performance-based thresholds, and RSAs generally vest over five years from the grant date, with 50% based solely on a service period and 50%
upon a service period and achievement of certain performance-based thresholds. For performance-based RSUs ("PBRSUs") granted in fiscal
2024, the number of shares of the Company's Class A common stock to be received at vesting can be adjusted within a predetermined range
based on the Company's achieved performance for fiscal 2024 relative to the fiscal 2024 performance target.
In fiscal 2022, all unvested equity awards outstanding participated in the Special Dividend, according to the same vesting terms and conditions
as the underlying equity award. Unvested equity awards with dividend equivalent rights ("DERs") received the Special Dividend through the
issuance of additional RSUs. Unvested equity awards without DERs received the Special Dividend in cash subject to anti-dilution provisions.
For the Special Dividend that settles in cash upon vesting, modification accounting was applied during fiscal 2022 to reflect liability
classification. The modification did not result in a material impact to the Company's financial position or results of operations. For further
description of the Special Dividend, see Note 8 - Stockholders' Equity and Convertible Preferred Stock.
77

Table of Contents
Equity-based compensation expense recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, net of forfeitures, was as follows (in millions):
Fiscal
2024
Fiscal
2023
Fiscal
2022
RSUs
$
99.3  $
88.3  $
104.0 
RSAs
0.2 
3.2 
8.4 
Liability-classified awards
6.7 
13.0 
25.9 
Total equity-based compensation expense
$
106.2  $
104.5  $
138.3 
Total related tax benefit
$
14.7  $
19.5  $
26.9 
During fiscal 2024, the Company issued 5.8 million RSUs to its employees and directors, of which 4.1 million shares were granted for
accounting purposes. The 4.1 million issued and granted awards consist of 3.3 million RSUs that have solely time-based vesting and 0.8 million
PBRSUs that were granted upon the establishment of the fiscal 2024 performance target and that would vest upon both the achievement of such
performance target and continued service through the vesting period. Additionally, 1.3 million previously issued PBRSUs were granted in fiscal
2024 upon the establishment of the fiscal 2024 annual performance target and that would vest upon both the achievement of such performance
target and continued service through the vesting period, and an additional 0.2 million PBRSUs were granted in fiscal 2024 related to previously
issued awards based on achieved performance for fiscal 2023 relative to the fiscal 2023 performance target. The 5.6 million RSUs granted in
fiscal 2024 have an aggregate grant date value of $111.6 million. The aggregate grant date value of RSUs granted was $129.5 million and
$120.1 million in fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022, respectively.
The following summarizes the activity of RSUs and RSAs during fiscal 2024:
Time-Based
Performance-Based
Number of shares (in
millions)
Weighted average
grant date fair
value
Number of shares (in
millions)
Weighted average
grant date fair
value
Unvested, February 24, 2024
3.6 
$
22.61 
4.9 
$
20.98 
Granted
3.3 
19.83 
2.1 
20.05 
Performance adjustment (1)
— 
— 
0.2 
20.04 
Vested
(3.2)
22.93 
(2.7)
21.07 
Forfeited or cancelled
(0.4)
21.24 
(0.3)
20.14 
Unvested, February 22, 2025
3.3 
$
20.18 
4.2 
$
20.45 
(1) Represents additional PBRSUs based on achieved performance for fiscal 2023 relative to the fiscal 2023 performance target. The performance adjustment does not include a
reduction of 0.3 million PBRSUs based on achieved performance for fiscal 2024 relative to the fiscal 2024 performance target, although these shares have been estimated
and included in the determination of equity-based compensation expense and the calculation of diluted net income per common share for fiscal 2024.
During fiscal 2024, fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022, the aggregate fair value of RSUs and RSAs that vested was $121.7 million, $119.2 million and
$137.9 million, respectively. The number of RSUs and RSAs vested includes shares of common stock that the Company withheld on behalf of
employees to satisfy statutory tax withholding requirements.
As of February 22, 2025, the Company had $55.7 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to 7.5 million unvested granted RSUs. That
cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.7 years. As of February 22, 2025, there was no unrecognized compensation
costs related to RSAs or liability-classified awards.
78

Table of Contents
Upon the establishment of the annual performance target for fiscal 2025 and fiscal 2026, the remaining 2.2 million issued PBRSUs will be
granted for accounting purposes. As of February 22, 2025, there are no performance-based RSAs that have not been granted for accounting
purposes.
NOTE 10 - INCOME TAXES
The components of income tax expense consisted of the following (in millions):
Fiscal
 2024
Fiscal
 2023
Fiscal
 2022
Current
  Federal (1)
$
228.9 
$
348.2 
$
320.5 
  State (2)
46.0 
56.4 
88.1 
  Foreign
1.3 
1.0 
0.5 
Total Current
276.2 
405.6 
409.1 
Deferred
  Federal
(11.8)
(83.1)
(7.6)
  State
(92.9)
31.7 
11.1 
  Foreign
(0.4)
(61.2)
9.4 
Total Deferred
(105.1)
(112.6)
12.9 
Income tax expense
$
171.1 
$
293.0 
$
422.0 
(1) Federal current tax expense is net of $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.5 million tax benefit of net operating losses ("NOL") in fiscal 2024, fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022,
respectively.
(2) State current tax expense is net of $1.0 million tax benefit of NOLs in fiscal 2024. There was no tax benefit of NOLs in fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022.
The difference between the actual tax provision and the tax provision computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 21% to
Income before income taxes was attributable to the following (in millions):
Fiscal
 2024
Fiscal
 2023
Fiscal
 2022
Income tax expense at federal statutory rate
$
237.3 
$
333.7 
$
406.4 
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
50.6 
58.5 
85.9 
Change in valuation allowance
3.2 
3.2 
0.1 
Unrecognized tax benefits
(95.2)
(67.3)
(41.8)
Tax credits
(23.0)
(37.1)
(26.2)
Other
(1.8)
2.0 
(2.4)
Income tax expense
$
171.1 
$
293.0 
$
422.0 
79

Table of Contents
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the bases of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and
income tax purposes. The Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following (in millions):
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
Deferred tax assets:
Compensation and benefits
$
192.2 
$
204.3 
Net operating loss
63.7 
71.2 
Pension & postretirement benefits
194.5 
215.9 
Self-Insurance
312.8 
299.8 
Tax credits
5.7 
8.5 
Lease obligations
1,775.3 
1,735.1 
Other
71.3 
104.4 
Gross deferred tax assets
2,615.5 
2,639.2 
Less: valuation allowance
(63.7)
(65.6)
Total deferred tax assets
2,551.8 
2,573.6 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization
1,302.3 
1,359.9 
Inventories
401.7 
374.9 
Operating lease assets
1,587.4 
1,543.3 
Other
84.5 
103.1 
Total deferred tax liabilities
3,375.9 
3,381.2 
Net deferred tax liability
$
(824.1)
$
(807.6)
Noncurrent deferred tax asset
$
— 
$
— 
Noncurrent deferred tax liability
(824.1)
(807.6)
Total
$
(824.1)
$
(807.6)
The valuation allowance activity on deferred tax assets was as follows (in millions):
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
February 25,
2023
Beginning balance
$
65.6 
$
102.3 
$
113.6 
Additions charged to income tax expense
5.1 
6.0 
3.1 
Reductions credited to income tax expense
(1.9)
(2.8)
(3.0)
Changes to other comprehensive income or loss and other
(5.1)
(39.9)
(11.4)
Ending balance
$
63.7 
$
65.6 
$
102.3 
The Company assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the
existing deferred tax assets. On the basis of this evaluation, as of February 22, 2025, a valuation allowance of $63.7 million has been recorded
for the portion of the deferred tax asset that is not more likely than not to be realized, consisting primarily of tax credits and carryovers in
jurisdictions where the Company has minimal presence or does not expect to have future taxable income. The Company will continue to evaluate
the need to adjust the valuation allowance. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be adjusted depending on
the Company's performance in certain subsidiaries or jurisdictions.
The Company currently has federal and state NOL carryforwards of $16.1 million and $1,220.5 million, respectively, which will begin to expire
in 2025 and continue through the fiscal year ending February 2045. As of
80

Table of Contents
February 22, 2025, the Company had $5.7 million of state credit carryforwards, which will begin to expire in 2025 and continue through the
fiscal year ending February 2039. The Company had no federal credit carryforwards as of February 22, 2025. As of February 22, 2025, the
Company currently has federal charitable contribution carryforwards of $13.1 million, which will expire in the fiscal year ending February 2031.
Changes in the Company's unrecognized tax benefits consisted of the following (in millions):
Fiscal
 2024
Fiscal
 2023
Fiscal
 2022
Beginning balance
$
178.8 
$
216.0 
$
276.0 
Increase related to tax positions taken in the current year
6.4 
9.6 
5.0 
Increase related to tax positions taken in prior years
— 
— 
2.1 
Decrease related to tax position taken in prior years
(111.8)
(0.9)
— 
Decrease related to settlements with taxing authorities
(2.1)
(5.6)
(20.7)
Decrease related to lapse of statute of limitations
(13.9)
(40.3)
(46.4)
Ending balance
$
57.4 
$
178.8 
$
216.0 
Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of February 22, 2025, February 24, 2024 and February 25, 2023 are tax positions of
$22.4 million, $118.1 million and $151.1 million, respectively, which would reduce the Company's effective tax rate if recognized in future
periods. As of February 22, 2025, the Company is no longer subject to federal income tax examinations for the fiscal years prior to 2021 and in
most states, is no longer subject to state income tax examinations for fiscal years before 2013. The Company recognizes accrued interest and
penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The Company recognized a benefit related to interest and
penalties, net of settlement adjustments, of $2.7 million and $27.2 million for fiscal 2024 and fiscal 2023, respectively, and expense for fiscal
2022 of $2.4 million.
The Company believes it is reasonably possible that the reserve for uncertain tax positions may be reduced by approximately $10 million in the
next 12 months due to ongoing tax examinations and expiration of statutes of limitations.
NOTE 11 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS AND COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENTS
Employer Sponsored Pension Plans
The Company sponsors a defined benefit pension plan (the "Safeway Plan") for certain employees not participating in multiemployer pension
plans. The Safeway Plan is frozen to non-union employees but continues to remain fully open to union employees, and past service benefits,
including future interest credits, for non-union employees continue to be accrued under the Safeway Plan. The Company also sponsors a defined
benefit pension plan (the "Shaw's Plan") covering union employees under the Shaw's banner. Under the United banner, the Company sponsors a
frozen plan (the "United Plan") covering certain United employees and an unfunded Retirement Restoration Plan that provides death benefits and
supplemental income payments for certain executives after retirement. On December 21, 2023, the Company initiated the process of terminating
the United Plan which is expected to be finalized during fiscal 2025. In connection with the withdrawal from the Combined Plan (as defined
below) in fiscal 2020, the Company established and contributes to the Safeway Variable Annuity Pension Plan (the "Safeway VAPP") that
provides benefits to participants for future services.
Other Post-Retirement Benefits
In addition to the Company's pension plans, the Company provides post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits to certain employees.
Retirees share a portion of the cost of the post-retirement medical plans. The Company pays all the cost of the life insurance plans. These plans
are unfunded.
81

Table of Contents
The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the retirement plans' benefit obligation and fair value of assets over the two-year
period ended February 22, 2025 and a statement of funded status as of February 22, 2025 and February 24, 2024 (in millions):
Pension
Other Post-Retirement Benefits
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
Change in projected benefit obligation:
Beginning balance
$
1,691.5 
$
1,697.5 
$
12.0 
$
12.4 
Service cost
16.7 
17.3 
— 
— 
Interest cost
83.4 
83.6 
0.5 
0.6 
Actuarial loss
16.4 
28.6 
1.1 
0.9 
Benefit payments (including settlements)
(166.7)
(135.4)
(1.5)
(1.9)
Plan amendments
0.1 
(0.1)
— 
— 
Ending balance
$
1,641.4 
$
1,691.5 
$
12.1 
$
12.0 
Change in fair value of plan assets:
Beginning balance
$
1,443.7 
$
1,407.3 
$
— 
$
— 
Actual return on plan assets
116.4 
155.4 
— 
— 
Employer contributions
89.8 
16.4 
1.5 
1.9 
Benefit payments (including settlements)
(166.7)
(135.4)
(1.5)
(1.9)
Ending balance
$
1,483.2 
$
1,443.7 
$
— 
$
— 
Components of net amount recognized in financial position:
Other current liabilities
$
(4.4)
$
(13.8)
$
(2.3)
$
(2.0)
Other long-term liabilities
(153.8)
(234.0)
(9.8)
(10.0)
Funded status
$
(158.2)
$
(247.8)
$
(12.1)
$
(12.0)
The actuarial loss in fiscal 2024 related to the projected benefit obligation was primarily driven by cash balance interest crediting rates. The
actuarial loss in fiscal 2023 related to the projected benefit obligation was primarily driven by cash balance interest crediting rates and benefit
payments.
Amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consisted of the following (in millions):
Pension
Other Post-Retirement
Benefits
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
Net actuarial gain
$
(116.2)
$
(108.0)
$
(9.7)
$
(11.5)
Prior service cost
1.2 
1.4 
— 
— 
$
(115.0)
$
(106.6)
$
(9.7)
$
(11.5)
82

Table of Contents
Information for the Company's pension plans, all of which have an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets as of February 22,
2025 and February 24, 2024, is shown below (in millions):
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
Projected benefit obligation
$
1,641.4 
$
1,691.5 
Accumulated benefit obligation
1,637.8 
1,688.6 
Fair value of plan assets
1,483.2 
1,443.7 
The following table provides the components of net pension and post-retirement (income) expense for the retirement plans and other changes in
plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in Other comprehensive income (loss) (in millions):
Pension
Other Post-Retirement
Benefits
Fiscal
 2024
Fiscal
 2023
Fiscal 2022
Fiscal
 2024
Fiscal
 2023
Fiscal 2022
Components of net (income) expense:
Estimated return on plan assets
$
(91.1)
$
(98.5)
$
(92.9)
$
— 
$
— 
$
— 
Service cost
16.7 
17.3 
19.9 
— 
— 
— 
Interest cost
83.4 
83.6 
51.4 
0.5 
0.6 
0.4 
Amortization of prior service cost
0.3 
0.4 
0.3 
— 
— 
— 
Amortization of net actuarial (gain) loss
(3.9)
(5.5)
0.2 
(0.7)
(1.1)
(0.4)
Loss (income) due to settlement accounting
3.5 
0.3 
(0.6)
— 
— 
— 
Expense (income), net
8.9 
(2.4)
(21.7)
(0.2)
(0.5)
— 
Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations
recognized in Other comprehensive income
(loss):
 
 
 
Net actuarial (gain) loss
(8.6)
(28.0)
(1.1)
1.1 
0.8 
(5.4)
Amortization of net actuarial gain (loss)
3.9 
5.5 
(0.2)
0.7 
1.1 
0.4 
Prior service cost
0.1 
(0.2)
0.5 
— 
— 
— 
Amortization of prior service cost
(0.3)
(0.4)
(0.3)
— 
— 
— 
(Loss) income due to settlement accounting
(3.5)
(0.3)
0.6 
— 
— 
— 
Total recognized in Other comprehensive
income (loss)
(8.4)
(23.4)
(0.5)
1.8 
1.9 
(5.0)
Total net expense and changes in plan assets
and benefit obligations recognized in Other
comprehensive income (loss)
$
0.5 
$
(25.8)
$
(22.2)
$
1.6 
$
1.4 
$
(5.0)
Prior service costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period of active participants. When the accumulation
of actuarial gains and losses exceeds 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets, the excess is
amortized over either the average remaining lifetime of all participants or the average remaining service period of active participants. No
significant prior service costs or estimated net actuarial gain or loss is expected to be amortized from Other comprehensive income (loss) into
periodic benefit cost during fiscal 2025.
83

Table of Contents
Assumptions
The weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine year-end projected benefit obligations for pension plans were as follows:
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
Discount rate
5.34 %
5.31 %
Rate of compensation increase
3.20 %
3.20 %
Cash balance plan interest crediting rate
4.85 %
4.25 %
The weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs for pension plans were as follows: 
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
February 25,
2023
Discount rate
5.32 %
5.17 %
3.26 %
Expected return on plan assets
6.67 %
7.40 %
5.97 %
Cash balance plan interest crediting rate
4.25 %
3.65 %
2.35 %
Discount Rate Assumption. The discount rate reflects the current rate at which the pension obligations could be settled at each measurement date.
In all years presented, the discount rates were determined by matching the expected plan benefit payments against a spot rate yield curve
constructed to replicate above median yields of AA-graded corporate bonds.
Asset Return Assumption. Expected return on pension plan assets is based on historical experience of the Company's portfolios and the review of
projected returns by asset class on return-seeking assets and liability-hedging assets, as well as target asset allocation.
Retirement and Mortality Rates. On February 26, 2022, the Company adopted the MP-2021 mortality improvement projection scale which
assumes an improvement in life expectancy at a marginally faster rate than the MP-2020 projection scale. The mortality assumption was not
updated during fiscal 2024 and fiscal 2023 as a new improvement scale has not been released.
Investment Policies and Strategies. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023, the Company revised the investment policy for the Safeway Plan
and the Shaw's Plan, and these changes to the structure of plan assets were implemented during fiscal 2024. The investment policy for the
Safeway VAPP remained unchanged. The defined benefit plan investment policy incorporates a strategic long-term asset allocation mix designed
to meet the Company's long-term pension requirements. This asset allocation policy is reviewed annually and, on a regular basis, actual
allocations are rebalanced to the prevailing targets. The investment policy for the Safeway Plan and the Shaw's Plan allows for a varying asset
allocation dependent on each plan's funded status. The investment policy also emphasizes the following key objectives: (1)  maintaining a
diversified portfolio among asset classes and investment styles; (2) maintaining an acceptable level of risk in pursuit of long-term economic
benefit; (3) maximizing the opportunity for value-added returns from active investment management while establishing investment guidelines
and monitoring procedures for the investment manager to ensure the characteristics of the portfolio are consistent with the original investment
mandate; and (4) maintaining adequate controls over administrative costs.
84

Table of Contents
The following table summarizes actual allocations for the Safeway Plan which had $1,220.5 million in plan assets as of February 22, 2025: 
Plan Assets
Asset category
Target (1)
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
Return-seeking
62%
63.4 %
76.8 %
Liability-hedging
38%
36.6 %
23.2 %
Total
100%
100.0 %
100.0 %
(1) In accordance with the Safeway Plan investment policy, the target asset allocation was adjusted in fiscal 2024 based on the funded ratio of the Safeway Plan.
The following table summarizes the actual allocations for the Shaw's Plan which had $223.3 million in plan assets as of February 22, 2025:    
Plan Assets
Asset category
Target (1)
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
Return-seeking
59%
58.9 %
63.9 %
Liability-hedging
41%
41.1 %
36.1 %
Total
100%
100.0 %
100.0 %
(1) In accordance with the Shaw's Plan investment policy, the target asset allocation was adjusted in fiscal 2024 based on the funded ratio of the Shaw's Plan.
The following table summarizes the actual allocations for the Safeway VAPP which had $32.2 million in plan assets as of February 22, 2025:
Plan Assets
Asset category
Target
February 22,
2025
February 24,
2024
Equity
15%
18.1 %
13.9 %
Fixed income
60%
60.9 %
58.9 %
Other (1)
25%
18.5 %
23.5 %
Cash
—%
2.5 %
3.7 %
Total
100%
100.0 %
100.0 %
(1) Includes real estate, global tactical asset allocation, private equity investments and money market funds.
Additionally, the Company sponsors other defined benefit pension plans which had $7.2 million in plan assets as of February 22, 2025.
85

Table of Contents
Pension Plan Assets
The fair value of the Company's pension plan assets as of February 22, 2025 by asset category are as follows (in millions): 
 
Fair Value Measurements
Asset category
Total
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)(1)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets
Measured at
NAV (1)
Cash and cash equivalents (2)
$
1.9 
$
1.9 
$
— 
$
— 
$
— 
Short-term investment collective trust (3)
53.2 
— 
— 
— 
53.2 
Mutual funds (4)
6.7 
6.7 
— 
— 
— 
Public equity funds (5)
490.2 
— 
490.2 
— 
— 
Return-seeking fixed income funds (6)
172.2 
— 
15.5 
— 
156.7 
Debt funds (7)
499.1 
— 
499.1 
— 
— 
Hedge funds (8)
82.4 
— 
— 
— 
82.4 
Real estate funds (9)
168.9 
— 
46.9 
— 
122.0 
Other securities (10)
8.6 
— 
8.6 
— 
— 
Total
$
1,483.2 
$
8.6 
$
1,060.3 
$
— 
$
414.3 
(1) Certain of the Company's pension assets are invested in common collective trusts managed and valued by the fund administrator. The fair value of the funds is based on the
Net Asset Value ("NAV") of the underlying investments owned by the fund minus its liabilities. Certain of these funds are classified outside of the fair value hierarchy
because fair value for those funds is measured using the NAV practical expedient. These specific funds have been determined not to have a readily determinable fair value
and the NAV is not the basis for current transactions, as the NAV is only published monthly or quarterly for these funds, and the Company can only redeem these investments
monthly or quarterly. The remaining common collective trusts have a daily published NAV, and the Company can redeem those investments daily, therefore these funds are
classified within the fair value hierarchy as the Company has determined the funds have a readily determinable fair value that is the basis for current transactions.
(2) The carrying value of these items approximates fair value.
(3) Invested in a fund comprised of high-grade, short term money market instruments. There are no unfunded commitments or redemption restrictions for these funds.
(4) Invested in mutual funds that are registered with the SEC which are valued using the NAV. The NAV of the mutual funds is a published price in an active market. There are
no unfunded commitments, or redemption restrictions for these funds, and the funds are required to transact at the published price.
(5) Invested in funds comprised of U.S. and international equity.
(6) Invested in funds comprised of high yield, emerging market debt, leveraged loans and real estate debt.
(7) Invested in funds comprised of intermediate and long duration corporate and private bonds and U.S. government securities.
(8) Invested in hedge funds comprised of a combination of equity, fixed income, private assets and derivatives.
(9) Invested in a fund comprised of underlying real estate properties as well as a fund comprised of underlying real estate investment trusts.
(10) These investments primarily consist of foreign government bonds valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings.
86

Table of Contents
The fair value of the Company's pension plan assets as of February 24, 2024, excluding pending transactions of $47.8 million payable to an
intermediary agent, by asset category are as follows (in millions): 
 
Fair Value Measurements
Asset category
Total
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets
Measured at
NAV
Cash and cash equivalents (1)
$
5.7 
$
5.2 
$
0.5 
$
— 
$
— 
Short-term investment collective trust (2)
34.3 
— 
— 
— 
34.3 
Common and preferred stock: (3)
Domestic common and preferred stock
164.8 
164.8 
— 
— 
— 
International common stock
57.7 
57.7 
— 
— 
— 
Collective trust funds (2)
636.5 
— 
— 
— 
636.5 
Corporate bonds (4)
84.0 
— 
84.0 
— 
— 
Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities (5)
22.3 
— 
22.3 
— 
— 
Mutual funds (6)
166.2 
138.8 
27.4 
— 
— 
U.S. government securities (7)
250.2 
— 
250.2 
— 
— 
Other securities (8)
69.8 
— 
19.3 
— 
50.5 
Total
$
1,491.5 
$
366.5 
$
403.7 
$
— 
$
721.3 
(1) The carrying value of these items approximates fair value.
(2) These investments are valued based on the NAV of the underlying investments and are provided by the fund issuers. There are no unfunded commitments or redemption
restrictions for these funds.
(3) The fair value of common stock is based on the exchange quoted market prices. When quoted prices are not available for identical stock, an industry valuation model is used
which maximizes observable inputs.
(4) The fair value of corporate bonds is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of the same or similar issuers with similar credit ratings and
maturities. When quoted prices are not available for identical or similar bonds, the fair value is based upon an industry valuation model, which maximizes observable inputs.
(5) The fair value of mortgage- and other asset-backed securities is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of the same or similar issuers with
similar credit ratings and maturities. When quoted prices are not available for comparable securities, the fair value is based upon an industry valuation model which
maximizes observable inputs.
(6) These investments are open-ended mutual funds that are registered with the SEC which are valued using the NAV. The NAV of the mutual funds is a published price in an
active market. The NAV is determined once a day after the closing of the exchange based upon the underlying assets in the fund, less the fund's liabilities, expressed on a per-
share basis. There are no unfunded commitments, or redemption restrictions for these funds, and the funds are required to transact at the published price.
(7) The fair value of U.S. government securities is based on quoted market prices when available. When quoted prices are not available, the fair value of U.S. government
securities is based on yields currently available on comparable securities or on an industry valuation model which maximizes observable inputs.
(8) Level 2 Other securities, which consist primarily of U.S. municipal bonds, foreign government bonds and foreign agency securities are valued based on yields currently
available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. Also included in Other securities is a commingled fund valued based on the NAV of the underlying
investments and is provided by the issuer and exchange-traded derivatives that are valued based on quoted prices in an active market for identical derivatives, assets and
liabilities. Funds meeting the practical expedient are included in the Assets Measured at NAV column. Exchange-traded derivatives are valued based on quoted prices in an
active market for identical derivatives assets and liabilities. Non-exchange-traded derivatives are valued using industry valuation models, which maximize observable inputs,
such as interest-rate yield curve data, foreign exchange rates and applicable spot and forward rates.
Contributions
In fiscal 2024, fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022, the Company contributed $91.3 million, $18.3 million and $27.3 million, respectively, to its pension
and post-retirement plans. The Company's funding policy for the defined benefit pension plan is to contribute the minimum contribution required
under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
87

Table of Contents
1974, as amended, and other applicable laws as determined by the Company's external actuarial consultant. At the Company's discretion,
additional funds may be contributed to the defined benefit pension plans. The Company expects to contribute approximately $57 million to its
pension and post-retirement plans in fiscal 2025. The Company will recognize contributions in accordance with applicable regulations, with
consideration given to recognition for the earliest plan year permitted.
Estimated Future Benefit Payments
The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service as appropriate, are expected to be paid to plan participants (in millions):
Pension Benefits
Other Benefits
2025
$
151.0 
$
2.3 
2026
143.0 
2.0 
2027
143.0 
1.8 
2028
140.4 
1.5 
2029
138.7 
1.3 
2030 – 2034
650.0 
4.0 
Multiemployer Pension Plans
The Company currently contributes to 27 multiemployer pension plans. These multiemployer plans generally provide retirement benefits to
participants based on their service to contributing employers. The benefits are paid from assets held in trust for that purpose. Plan trustees
typically are responsible for determining the level of benefits to be provided to participants, the investment of the assets and plan administration.
Expense is recognized in connection with these plans as contributions are funded.
The risks of participating in these multiemployer plans are different from the risks associated with single-employer plans in the following
respects:
•
Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating
employers.
•
Though the unfunded obligations of a multiemployer plan are not a liability of the Company, if a participating employer stops
contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.
•
With respect to some multiemployer plans, if the Company chooses to stop participating, or makes market exits or store closures or
otherwise has participation in the plan fall below certain levels, the Company may be required to pay the plan an amount based on the
underfunded status of the plan, referred to as withdrawal liability. The Company generally records the actuarially determined liability at
an undiscounted amount.
The Company's participation in these plans is outlined in the table below. The EIN-Pension Plan Number column provides the Employer
Identification Number ("EIN") and the three-digit plan number, if applicable. Unless otherwise noted, the most recent Pension Protection Act of
2006 ("PPA") zone status available for fiscal 2024 and fiscal 2023 is for the plan's year ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022,
respectively. The zone status is based on information received from the plans and is certified by each plan's actuary. The FIP/RP Status
Pending/Implemented column indicates plans for which a funding improvement plan ("FIP") or a rehabilitation plan ("RP") is either pending or
has been implemented by the plan trustees.
88

Table of Contents
The following tables contain information about the Company's multiemployer plans. Certain plans have been aggregated in the Other funds line
in the following table, as the contributions to each of these plans are not individually material.
EIN - PN
Pension Protection Act zone
status (1)
Company's 5% of total plan
contributions
FIP/RP status
pending/implemented
Pension fund
2024
2023
2023
2022
UFCW-Northern California Employers Joint Pension Trust Fund
946313554 - 001
Red
Red
Yes
Yes
Implemented
Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Plan
916145047 - 001
Green
Green
No
No
No
Southern California United Food & Commercial Workers Unions and
Food Employers Joint Pension Plan (4)
951939092 - 001
Red
Red
Yes
Yes
Implemented
Sound Retirement Trust (6)
916069306 - 001
Green
Green
Yes
Yes
Implemented
Bakery and Confectionery Union and Industry International Pension
Fund
526118572 - 001
Red
Red
Yes
Yes
Implemented
UFCW Union and Participating Food Industry Employers Tri-State
Pension Fund
236396097 - 001
Red
Red
Yes
Yes
Implemented
Rocky Mountain UFCW Unions & Employers Pension Plan
846045986 - 001
Green
Green
Yes
Yes
No
UFCW Local 152 Retail Meat Pension Fund (5)
236209656 - 001
Red
Red
Yes
Yes
Implemented
Desert States Employers & UFCW Unions Pension Plan
846277982 - 001
Green
Green
Yes
Yes
No
UFCW Int'l Union- Albertsons Variable Annuity Pension Fund (5)
853326342 - 001
Green
Green
Yes
Yes
No
Retail Food Employers and UFCW Local 711 Pension Trust Fund
516031512 - 001
Red
Red
Yes
Yes
Implemented
Oregon Retail Employees Pension Trust
936074377 - 001
Red
Red
Yes
Yes
Implemented
Intermountain Retail Store Employees Pension Trust (7)
916187192 - 001
Red
Red
Yes
Yes
Implemented
UFCW Local 1245 Labor Management Pension Plan
516090661 - 001
Red
Red
Yes
Yes
Implemented
89

Table of Contents
Contributions of Company (in
millions)
Surcharge
imposed (2)
Expiration date of
collective bargaining
agreements
Total collective
bargaining
agreements
Most significant collective bargaining
agreement(s)(3)
Pension fund
2024
2023
2022
Count
Expiration
UFCW-Northern California Employers Joint Pension
Trust Fund
$
130.8  $
132.1  $
135.2 
No
4/12/2025 to
2/26/2026
84
80
4/12/2025
Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Plan
78.2 
75.9 
73.5 
No
4/19/2025 to
9/30/2029
55
10
9/21/2025
Southern California United Food & Commercial
Workers Unions and Food Employers Joint
Pension Plan (4)
136.6 
138.5 
141.8 
No
3/4/2025 to 3/6/2026
40
38
3/4/2025
Sound Retirement Trust (6)
73.7 
70.1 
66.6 
No
4/26/2025 to 8/3/2029
145
37
5/3/2025
Bakery and Confectionery Union and Industry
International Pension Fund
18.6 
18.7 
18.3 
No
7/21/2025 to 3/6/2027
119
42
9/6/2025
UFCW Union and Participating Food Industry
Employers Tri-State Pension Fund
10.7 
10.7 
11.5 
No
3/29/2025 to 2/1/2028
6
2
3/29/2025
Rocky Mountain UFCW Unions & Employers
Pension Plan
16.5 
16.9 
17.2 
No
6/14/2025 to
8/29/2026
84
12
11/15/2025
UFCW Local 152 Retail Meat Pension Fund (5)
11.1 
11.2 
11.4 
No
5/2/2028
4
4
5/2/2028
Desert States Employers & UFCW Unions Pension
Plan
11.2 
11.0 
10.8 
No
6/14/2025 to 3/7/2026
20
18
3/7/2026
UFCW Int'l Union- Albertsons Variable Annuity
Pension Fund (5)
9.6 
9.6 
8.9 
No
6/14/2025 to
12/16/2027
24
7
6/14/2025
Retail Food Employers and UFCW Local 711
Pension Trust Fund
8.5 
8.6 
9.0 
No
3/1/2025 to
12/19/2026
7
4
3/1/2025
Oregon Retail Employees Pension Trust
13.0 
12.8 
12.1 
No
3/1/2025 to 3/4/2028
125
36
8/14/2027
Intermountain Retail Store Employees Pension Trust
(7)
7.8 
7.9 
8.0 
No
3/1/2025 to
12/13/2025
54
4
3/1/2025
UFCW Local 1245 Labor Management Pension Plan
6.1 
6.0 
5.7 
No
11/28/2026 to
4/8/2028
4
3
11/28/2026
Other funds
15.3 
15.5 
16.5 
Total Company contributions to U.S. multiemployer
pension plans
$
547.7  $
545.5  $
546.5 
(1) PPA established three categories (or "zones") of plans: (1) "Green Zone" for healthy; (2) "Yellow Zone" for endangered; and (3) "Red Zone" for critical. These categories are
based upon multiple factors, including the funding ratio of the plan assets to plan liabilities.
(2) Under the PPA, a surcharge may be imposed when employers make contributions under a collective bargaining agreement that is not in compliance with a rehabilitation plan.
As of February 22, 2025, the collective bargaining agreements under which the Company was making contributions were in compliance with rehabilitation plans adopted by
the applicable pension fund.
(3) These columns represent the number of most significant collective bargaining agreements aggregated by common expiration dates for each of the pension funds listed above.
(4) The information for this fund was obtained from the Form 5500 filed for the plan's year-end at March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2023.
(5) The information for this fund was obtained from the Form 5500 filed for the plan's year-end at June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022.
(6) The information for this fund was obtained from the Form 5500 filed for the plan's year-end at September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022.
(7) The information for this fund was obtained from the Form 5500 filed for the plan's year-end at August 31, 2023 and August 31, 2022.
FELRA and MAP: The Company was the second largest contributing employer to the Food Employers Labor Relations Association and United
Food and Commercial Workers Pension Fund ("FELRA") and the Mid-Atlantic UFCW and Participating Pension Fund ("MAP"). On December
31, 2020, MAP was combined into FELRA (the "Combined Plan"), and the Company withdrew from the Combined Plan. As a result of the
withdrawal, commencing February 2021, the Company is required to annually pay $23.2 million to the Combined Plan for the next 25 years.
This payment replaces the Company's previous annual contribution to both FELRA and MAP. In addition to the $23.2 million annual payment,
the Company was expected to contribute to a new multiemployer
90

Table of Contents
pension plan limited to providing benefits to the former participants in MAP and FELRA in excess of the benefits the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation ("PBGC") insures under law (the "Excess Plan"). These contributions were expected to commence in June 2022 and were expected
to be approximately $13.7 million annually for 10 years. The Company recorded a non-cash pre-tax charge of $607.2 million ($449.4 million,
net of tax) in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 to record the pension obligation for these benefits earned for prior service. The pension obligation
was determined using a risk-free rate commensurate with the respective payment term related to the Combined Plan and the Excess Plan.
The American Rescue Plan Act ("ARP Act") established a special financial assistance program for financially troubled multiemployer pension
plans. The Combined Plan was eligible to receive one-time special financial assistance and qualified to submit its application for $1.2 billion in
special financial assistance in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021. The $1.2 billion in special financial assistance was expected to provide the
funding for the Combined Plan to remain solvent for at least 25 years. The Company's estimated funding requirements for the Excess Plan were
reduced as the contributions were not expected to commence until approximately 2045. As a result, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, the
Company recorded a non-cash pre-tax gain of $106.3 million ($78.7 million, net of tax) to reduce the pension liability for the Excess Plan to
approximately $19 million. During the first quarter of fiscal 2022, the Combined Plan received approval and payment from the PBGC for the
$1.2 billion in special financial assistance.
On August 8, 2022, the Combined Plan submitted a supplemented application for additional funding of approximately $120  million. The
Combined Plan is now expected to remain solvent and therefore the Company currently does not expect to have any funding requirements for the
Excess Plan. As a result, during fiscal 2022, the Company recorded a non-cash pre-tax gain of $19.0 million to remove the pension liability for
the Excess Plan. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022, the Combined Plan received approval and payment of the additional funding.
Collective Bargaining Agreements
As of February 22, 2025, the Company had approximately 285,000 employees, of which approximately 195,000 were covered by collective
bargaining agreements. During fiscal 2024, collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 17,500 employees were successfully
renegotiated. As of February  22, 2025, collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 120,000 employees have expired or are
scheduled to expire in fiscal 2025.
Multiemployer Health and Welfare Plans
The Company makes contributions to multiemployer health and welfare plans in amounts specified in the applicable collective bargaining
agreements. These plans provide medical, dental, pharmacy, vision, and other ancillary benefits to active employees and retirees as determined
by the trustees of each plan. The majority of the Company's contributions cover active employees and as such, may not constitute contributions
to a postretirement benefit plan. However, the Company is unable to separate contribution amounts to postretirement benefit plans from
contribution amounts paid to active employee plans. Total contributions to multiemployer health and welfare plans were $1.3 billion for each of
fiscal 2024, fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022.
Defined Contribution Plans and Supplemental Retirement Plans
Many of the Company's employees are eligible to contribute a percentage of their compensation to defined contribution plans ("401(k) Plans").
Participants in the 401(k) Plans may become eligible to receive a profit-sharing allocation in the form of a discretionary Company contribution
based on employee compensation. In addition, the Company may also provide matching contributions based on the amount of eligible
compensation contributed by the employee. All Company contributions to the 401(k) Plans are made at the discretion of the Board. The
Company provides supplemental retirement benefits through a Company sponsored deferred executive compensation plan,
91

Table of Contents
which provides certain key employees with retirement benefits that supplement those provided by the 401(k) Plans. Total contributions accrued
for these plans were $83.5 million, $83.0 million and $89.3 million for fiscal 2024, fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022, respectively.
Merger-Related Retention Benefits
The Merger Agreement provided for the Company to establish a retention program to promote retention and to incentivize efforts to close the
Merger and to ensure a successful and efficient integration process. On December 18, 2022, the retention program was approved, with an
aggregate amount of up to $100 million, as amended, covering certain executive officers and employees of the Company. With the termination of
the Merger Agreement, 50% of the award was paid on December 12, 2024 and 50% will be paid on October 13, 2025. Retention bonus expense
was $33.6 million for fiscal 2024 and $35.0 million for fiscal 2023, and is included within Selling and administrative expenses.
NOTE 12 - RELATED PARTIES
The Company's payments to Cerberus Operations and Advisory Company, LLC ("COAC"), an affiliate of Cerberus Capital Management, L.P.
("Cerberus"), were immaterial for fiscal 2024, and totaled $0.1 million and $0.5 million for fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022, respectively, for
consulting services provided in connection with improving the Company's operations.
The Company paid Cerberus Technology Solutions ("CTS"), an affiliate of Cerberus, fees totaling approximately $4.0 million, $5.5 million and
$5.5 million for fiscal 2024, fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022, respectively, for information technology advisory and implementation services in
connection with modernizing the Company's information systems.
NOTE 13 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES AND OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
Guarantees
Lease Guarantees: The Company may have liability under certain operating leases that were assigned to third parties. If any of these third
parties fail to perform their obligations under the leases, the Company could be responsible for the lease obligation. Because of the wide
dispersion among third parties and the variety of remedies available, the Company believes that if an assignee became insolvent, it would not
have a material effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
The Company also provides guarantees, indemnifications and assurances to others in the ordinary course of its business.
Legal Proceedings
The Company is subject from time to time to various claims and lawsuits, including matters involving trade, business and operational practices,
personnel and employment issues, lawsuits alleging violations of state and/or federal wage and hour laws, real estate disputes, personal injury,
antitrust claims, packaging or product claims, claims related to the sale of drug or pharmacy products, such as opioids, intellectual property
claims and other proceedings arising in or outside of the ordinary course of business. Some of these claims or suits purport or may be determined
to be class actions and/or seek substantial damages. It is the opinion of the Company's management that although the amount of liability with
respect to certain of the matters described herein cannot be ascertained at this time, any resulting liability of these and other matters, including
any punitive damages, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business or overall financial condition.
92

Table of Contents
The Company continually evaluates its exposure to loss contingencies arising from pending or threatened litigation and believes it has made
provisions where the loss contingency is probable and can be reasonably estimated. Nonetheless, assessing and predicting the outcomes of these
matters involves substantial uncertainties. While management currently believes that the aggregate estimated liabilities currently recorded are
reasonable, it is reasonably possible that differences in actual outcomes or changes in management's evaluation or predictions could arise that
could be material to the Company's results of operations or cash flows.
False Claims Act: Two qui tam actions alleging violations of the False Claims Act ("FCA") have been filed against the Company and its
subsidiaries. Violations of the FCA are subject to treble damages and penalties of up to a specified dollar amount per false claim.
In United States ex rel. Proctor v. Safeway, filed in the United States District Court for the Central District of Illinois, the relator alleges that
Safeway overcharged federal government healthcare programs by not providing the federal government, as part of its usual and customary
prices, the benefit of discounts given to customers in pharmacy membership discount and price-matching programs. The relator filed his
complaint under seal on November 11, 2011, and the complaint was unsealed on August 26, 2015. The relator amended the complaint on March
31, 2016. On June 12, 2020, the District Court granted Safeway's motion for summary judgment, holding that the relator could not prove that
Safeway acted with the intent required under the FCA, and judgment was issued on June 15, 2020. On July 10, 2020, the relator filed a motion to
alter or amend the judgment and to supplement the record, which Safeway opposed. On November 13, 2020, the District Court denied relator's
motion, and on December 11, 2020, relator filed a notice of appeal. The Seventh Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed the judgment in the
Company's favor on April 5, 2022. On August 3, 2022, relators filed a petition seeking review by the U.S. Supreme Court.
In United States ex rel. Schutte and Yarberry v. SuperValu, New Albertson's, Inc., et al., also filed in the Central District of Illinois, the relators
allege that defendants (including various subsidiaries of the Company) overcharged federal government healthcare programs by not providing
the federal government, as a part of usual and customary prices, the benefit of discounts given to customers who requested that defendants match
competitor prices. The complaint was originally filed under seal and amended on November 30, 2015. On August 5, 2019, the District Court
granted relators' motion for partial summary judgment, holding that price-matched prices are the usual and customary prices for those drugs. On
July 1, 2020, the District Court granted the defendants' motions for summary judgment and dismissed the case, holding that the relator could not
prove that defendants acted with the intent required under the FCA. Judgment was issued on July 2, 2020. On July 9, 2020, the relators filed a
notice of appeal. On August 12, 2021, the Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit affirmed the grant of summary judgment in the Company's
favor. On September 23, 2021, the relators filed a petition for rehearing en banc with the Seventh Circuit. On December 3, 2021, the Seventh
Circuit denied relators' petition. On April 1, 2022, relators filed a petition seeking review by the U.S. Supreme Court.
The U.S. Supreme Court decided to hear the appeals filed by the relators in Proctor and Schutte. The Supreme Court consolidated the two cases
for the purpose of hearing the appeal. The Supreme Court heard oral arguments on April 18, 2023. On June 1, 2023, the Supreme Court issued an
opinion adverse to the Company that reversed the lower court's rulings. On July 3, 2023, the Supreme Court issued the order remanding both
cases back to the Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit for further review. On July 27, 2023, the Court of Appeals remanded both cases back
to the U.S. District Court for the Central District of Illinois.
On August 22, 2023, the District Court - as to Schutte - set a pretrial conference for March 4, 2024, and a trial date of April 29, 2024. At the same
July 27 hearing, the District Court also gave the defendants leave to file motions for summary judgment on a schedule to be agreed upon. On
October 11, 2023, the Company and co-defendant filed a motion for summary judgment. On the same day, the relators filed motions for partial
summary judgment. On February 16, 2024, the Company and co-defendant filed a motion to reconsider a prior grant of partial summary
judgment against the defendants, and also a motion to continue the trial. On February 27, 2024, the District Court
93

Table of Contents
granted the motion to continue and vacated the April 29, 2024 trial date. On April 26, 2024, the District Court denied the motion for
reconsideration of partial summary judgment. On May 20, 2024, the District Court heard oral argument on the pending motions for summary
judgment. On September 30, 2024, the District Court denied both parties' motions for summary judgment on scienter and granted relators'
motion for summary judgment on materiality. On November 18, 2024, the District Court denied a motion by the Company to reconsider the
materiality ruling or certify that ruling for an interlocutory appeal. The District Court set trial to begin in Schutte on February 10, 2025. On
March 4, 2025, the Company prevailed at trial. The District Court entered judgment in favor of the Company on March 12, 2025. On April 1,
2025, the relators filed a motion to amend the judgment and grant a new trial on damages.
On March 27, 2025, the District Court - as to Proctor - held a status conference and set a trial date of January 20, 2026.
In both of the above cases, the federal government previously investigated the relators' allegations and declined to intervene. The relators elected
to pursue their respective cases on their own and in each case have alleged FCA damages in excess of $100 million before trebling and excluding
penalties. The Company is vigorously defending each of these matters. The Company has recorded an estimated liability for these matters.
Pharmacy Benefit Manager (PBM) Litigation: The Company (including its subsidiary, Safeway Inc.) is a defendant in a lawsuit filed on
January 21, 2021, in Minnesota state court, captioned Health Care Service Corp. et al. v. Albertsons Companies, LLC, et al. The action
challenges certain prescription-drug prices reported by the Company to a pharmacy benefit manager, Prime Therapeutics LLC ("Prime"), which
in turn contracted with the health-insurer plaintiffs to adjudicate and process prescription-drug reimbursement claims.
On December 7, 2021, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On January 14, 2022, the court denied the Company's motion to
dismiss as to all but one count, plaintiffs' claim of negligent misrepresentation. On January 21, 2022, the Company and co-defendant
SUPERVALU, Inc. ("SUPERVALU") filed a third-party complaint against Prime, asserting various claims, including: indemnification, fraud and
unjust enrichment. On February 17, 2022, the Company filed in the Minnesota Court of Appeals an interlocutory appeal of the denial of their
motion to dismiss on personal jurisdiction grounds (the "Jurisdictional Appeal"). On February 24, 2022, the Company and SUPERVALU filed in
the trial court an unopposed motion to stay proceedings, pending the resolution of the Jurisdictional Appeal. The parties agreed on March 6,
2022, to an interim stay in the trial court pending a ruling on the unopposed motion to stay proceedings. On September 6, 2022, the Minnesota
Court of Appeals denied the Jurisdictional Appeal and affirmed the trial court’s denial of the Company’s motion to dismiss. On October 6, 2022,
the Company and SUPERVALU filed a petition seeking review by the Minnesota Supreme Court. On November 23, 2022, the Minnesota
Supreme Court denied that petition. The Company and co-defendant SUPERVALU filed an answer to the complaint on January 23, 2023. On
March 9, 2023, Prime moved to dismiss the third-party complaint filed by the Company and SUPERVALU. The court heard oral arguments on
the motion on May 11, 2023. On August 9, 2023, the court denied Prime's motion as to 16 of the 17 counts in the third-party complaint, and
dismissed one count without prejudice. On September 18, 2023, the Company and SUPERVALU filed an amended third-party complaint, which
repleaded the one count that had been dismissed (in addition to the other claims asserted in the initial third-party complaint). On October 2,
2023, Prime filed an answer to the amended third-party complaint. The parties are presently engaged in discovery. The case is currently
scheduled to be ready for trial on or after March 26, 2026.
The Company is vigorously defending the claims filed against it, and the Company also intends to prosecute its claims against Prime with equal
vigor. The Company has recorded an estimated liability for this matter.
Opioid Litigation: The Company is one of dozens of companies that have been named as defendants in lawsuits filed by various plaintiffs,
including states, counties, cities, Native American tribes, and hospitals, alleging that defendants contributed to the national opioid epidemic. At
present, the Company is named in approximately 81 suits
94

Table of Contents
pending in various state and federal courts including the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio, where over 2,000 cases
against various defendants have been consolidated as Multi-District Litigation ("MDL") pursuant to 28 U.S.C. §1407. All of the MDL cases
naming the Company have been stayed except for two so called "bellwether" actions in Tarrant County (Texas) and Monterey County
(California). Discovery has been completed on Tarrant County's liability claim and the matter will be transferred to the Northern District of
Texas, Fort Worth Division for trial. Discovery in Monterey County (California) is ongoing. The relief sought by the various plaintiffs in these
matters includes compensatory damages, abatement and punitive damages as well as injunctive relief. On July 30, 2024, multiple plaintiffs filed
an Omnibus Motion for Leave to Amend complaints, seeking leave from the MDL court to add the Company to over 150 of additional lawsuits.
The Company filed its response to the Omnibus Motion on January 16, 2025. The Motion remains pending before the Court.
Prior to the start of a state-court trial that was scheduled for September 6, 2022, the Company reached an agreement to settle with the State of
New Mexico. The New Mexico counties and municipal entities that filed 14 additional lawsuits, including Santa Fe County, agreed to the terms
of the settlement. Thus, all 15 cases filed by New Mexico entities have been dismissed as a result of the settlement. The Company executed an
agreement to settle three matters pending in Nevada state court. The Company recorded a liability of $21.5 million for the settlements of the
cases in New Mexico and Nevada which was paid by its insurers in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022. With respect to the remaining pending state
court claims, three claims are currently proceeding through discovery. Those matters are pending in Dallas County (Texas), the State of
Washington and the City of Philadelphia (Pennsylvania). The State of Washington matter is scheduled for trial on February 16, 2026. The
Company believes that it has substantial factual and legal defenses to these claims, and is vigorously defending these matters. At this stage in the
proceedings, the Company is unable to determine the probability of the outcome of these remaining matters or the range of reasonably possible
loss.
The Company has also received, subpoenas, Civil Investigative Demands and other requests for documents and information from the U.S.
Department of Justice ("DOJ") and certain state Attorneys General, and has had preliminary discussions with the DOJ with respect to purported
violations of the federal Controlled Substances Act and the FCA in dispensing prescriptions. The Company has been cooperating with the
government with respect to these requests for information.
Other Commitments
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into various supply contracts for goods and contracts for fixed assets and information
technology. These contracts typically include volume commitments or fixed expiration dates, termination provisions and other standard
contractual considerations.
NOTE 14 - OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME OR LOSS
Total comprehensive earnings are defined as all changes in stockholders' equity during a period, other than those from investments by or
distributions to stockholders. Generally, for the Company, total comprehensive income equals net income plus or minus adjustments for pension
and other post-retirement liabilities. Total comprehensive earnings represent the activity for a period net of tax.
While total comprehensive earnings are the activity in a period and are largely driven by net earnings in that period, accumulated other
comprehensive income or loss ("AOCI") represents the cumulative balance of other
95

Table of Contents
comprehensive income, net of tax, as of the balance sheet date. Changes in the AOCI balance by component are shown below (in millions):
Fiscal 2024
Total
Pension and Post-
retirement benefit plan
items
Other
Beginning AOCI balance
$
88.0 
$
87.5 
$
0.5 
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
9.8 
7.4 
2.4 
Amounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income
(1)
(0.8)
(0.8)
— 
Tax expense
(2.3)
(1.7)
(0.6)
Current-period other comprehensive income, net
6.7 
4.9 
1.8 
Ending AOCI balance
$
94.7 
$
92.4 
$
2.3 
Fiscal 2023
Total
Pension and Post-
retirement benefit plan
items
Other
Beginning AOCI balance
$
69.3 
$
71.7 
$
(2.4)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
31.2 
27.3 
3.9 
Amounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income
(1)
(5.9)
(5.9)
— 
Tax expense
(6.6)
(5.6)
(1.0)
Current-period other comprehensive income, net
18.7 
15.8 
2.9 
Ending AOCI balance
$
88.0 
$
87.5 
$
0.5 
(1) These amounts are included in the computation of net pension and post-retirement (income) expense. For additional information, see Note 11 - Employee benefit plans and
collective bargaining agreements.
96

Table of Contents
NOTE 15 - SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company and its subsidiaries offer grocery products, general merchandise, health and beauty care products, pharmacy, fuel and other items
and services in its stores or through digital channels. The Company's retail operating divisions are geographically based, have similar economic
characteristics and similar expected long-term financial performance. The Company's operating segments and reporting units are its operating
divisions, which are reported in one reportable segment. Each reporting unit constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is
available and for which the Chief Operating Decision Maker ("CODM"), the Company's Chief Executive Officer, regularly reviews the
operating results and makes key operating decisions on how to allocate resources. Across all operating segments, the Company operates
primarily one store format. Each division offers, through its stores and digital channels, the same general mix of products with similar pricing to
similar categories of customers, has similar distribution methods, operates in similar regulatory environments and purchases merchandise from
similar or the same vendors.
The CODM evaluates performance and allocates resources using Retail segment EBITDA, defined as earnings (net loss) before interest, income
taxes, depreciation and amortization, adjusted to eliminate the effects of items management does not consider in assessing segment performance.
The CODM uses Retail segment EBITDA as its principal measure of segment performance to evaluate the Company's operating results and
effectiveness of its strategies and to monitor budget versus actual results.
The CODM is not provided asset information by operating segment as asset information is provided to the CODM on a consolidated basis. No
customer accounts for 10% or more of the Company's revenues. Substantially all of the Company's revenues are generated in the U.S. and its
long-lived assets are predominantly located within the U.S. The accounting policies of the reportable segment generally align with those
described in the Company’s summary of significant accounting policies contained in Note 1, except certain classification differences that are not
material for all periods presented.
97

Table of Contents
The following table presents segment information for Net sales and other revenue, significant segment expenses and Retail segment EBITDA (in
millions):
Fiscal
 2024
Fiscal
 2023
Fiscal
 2022
Retail segment sales
$
79,633.2 
$
78,494.4 
$
76,773.7 
Other revenue (1)
757.7 
743.3 
876.0 
Net sales and other revenue
$
80,390.9 
$
79,237.7 
$
77,649.7 
Retail segment expenses:
Merchandise costs, including advertising, distribution and freight
56,674.1 
55,807.2 
54,250.1 
Employee costs (2)
11,734.9 
11,411.5 
11,222.0 
Other segment expenses (3)
6,668.5 
6,482.8 
6,168.9 
Retail segment EBITDA
$
4,555.7 
$
4,792.9 
$
5,132.7 
Reconciliation to Income before income taxes:
Corporate adjusted EBITDA (4)
(551.0)
(475.2)
(455.7)
Depreciation and amortization
(1,817.9)
(1,779.0)
(1,807.1)
Interest expense, net
(459.8)
(492.1)
(404.6)
(Loss) gain on interest rate swaps and energy hedges, net
(0.9)
3.2 
8.4 
Business transformation (5)
(105.2)
(45.1)
(78.3)
Equity-based compensation expense
(106.2)
(104.5)
(138.3)
(Loss) gain on property dispositions and impairment losses, net
(95.8)
(43.9)
147.5 
LIFO expense
(28.6)
(52.0)
(268.0)
Government-mandated incremental COVID-19 pandemic related
pay (6)
— 
— 
(10.8)
Merger-related costs (7)
(254.8)
(180.6)
(56.5)
Certain legal and regulatory accruals and settlements, net
(6.1)
6.7 
(100.7)
Combined Plan (8)
— 
— 
19.0 
Miscellaneous adjustments (9)
0.3 
(41.4)
(52.1)
Income before income taxes
$
1,129.7 
$
1,589.0 
$
1,935.5 
(1)    Primarily includes wholesale sales to third parties and other miscellaneous revenue not included in Retail segment sales.
(2)    Includes wages, salaries, benefits, insurance and other employee-related costs.
(3)    Other segment expenses primarily includes rent and occupancy costs, debit and credit card fees, supplies, divisional support costs and allocated corporate costs.
(4) Corporate adjusted EBITDA includes bonus compensation, unallocated corporate costs and contribution from the Company's wholesale and other sales.
(5) Includes costs associated with third-party consulting fees related to the Company's Customers for Life strategy and employee termination costs related to the Company's
reduction in workforce during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024.
(6) Represents incremental COVID-19 related pay legislatively required in certain municipalities in which the Company operates.
(7) Primarily relates to third-party legal and advisor fees and retention program expense related to the Merger and costs in connection with the Company's previously-announced
Board-led review of potential strategic alternatives.
(8) Related to the Combined Plan during the second quarter of fiscal 2022. For additional information, see Note 11 - Employee benefit plans and collective bargaining
agreements.
(9) Primarily includes net realized and unrealized gains and losses related to non-operating investments, lease adjustments related to non-cash rent expense and costs incurred on
leased surplus properties, pension settlement loss, adjustments for unconsolidated equity investments and other costs not allocated to the segment.
98

Table of Contents
NOTE 16 - NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE
The Company calculates basic and diluted net income per Class A common share using the two-class method. The two-class method is an
allocation formula that determines net income per Class A common share for each share of Class A common stock and Convertible Preferred
Stock, a participating security, according to dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Under this method, all earnings
(distributed and undistributed) are allocated to Class A common shares and Convertible Preferred Stock based on their respective rights to
receive dividends. The holders of Convertible Preferred Stock participated in cash dividends that the Company paid on its common stock to the
extent that such cash dividends exceeded $206.25 million per fiscal year and shares of Convertible Preferred Stock remained outstanding as of
the applicable record date to participate in such dividends. As of June 17, 2023, 100% of the originally issued Convertible Preferred Stock had
been converted into Class A common stock and no shares of Convertible Preferred Stock are outstanding. In applying the two-class method to
interim periods, the Company allocates income to its quarterly periods independently and discretely from its year-to-date and annual periods.
Basic net income per Class A common share is computed by dividing net income allocated to Class A common stockholders by the weighted
average number of Class A common shares outstanding for the period, including Class A common shares to be issued with no prior remaining
contingencies prior to issuance. Diluted net income per Class A common share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares of
Class A common stock outstanding during each period, plus potential Class A common shares considered outstanding during the period, as long
as the inclusion of such awards is not antidilutive. Potential Class A common shares consist of unvested RSUs and RSAs and Convertible
Preferred Stock, using the more dilutive of either the two-class method or as-converted stock method. PBRSUs and performance-based RSAs are
considered dilutive when the related performance criterion has been met.
99

Table of Contents
The components of basic and diluted net income per Class A common share were as follows (in millions, except per share data):
Fiscal
 2024
Fiscal
 2023
Fiscal
 2022
Basic net income per Class A common share
Net income
$
958.6 
$
1,296.0 
$
1,513.5 
Special Dividend on Convertible Preferred Stock
— 
— 
(252.2)
Accrued dividends on Convertible Preferred Stock
— 
(0.3)
(51.0)
Earnings allocated to Convertible Preferred Stock
— 
(0.7)
— 
Net income allocated to Class A common stockholders - Basic
$
958.6 
$
1,295.0 
$
1,210.3 
Weighted average Class A common shares outstanding - Basic (1)
580.1 
575.4 
529.0 
Basic net income per Class A common share
$
1.65 
$
2.25 
$
2.29 
 
Diluted net income per Class A common share
Net income allocated to Class A common stockholders - Basic
$
958.6 
$
1,295.0 
$
1,210.3 
Accrued dividends on Convertible Preferred Stock
— 
— 
— 
Earnings allocated to Convertible Preferred Stock
— 
— 
— 
Net income allocated to Class A common stockholders - Diluted
$
958.6 
$
1,295.0 
$
1,210.3 
Weighted average Class A common shares outstanding - Basic (1)
580.1 
575.4 
529.0 
Dilutive effect of:
Restricted stock units and awards
3.7 
5.7 
5.0 
Convertible Preferred Stock (2)
— 
— 
— 
Weighted average Class A common shares outstanding - Diluted (3)
583.8 
581.1 
534.0 
Diluted net income per Class A common share
$
1.64 
$
2.23 
$
2.27 
(1) Fiscal 2024, fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022 include 2.3 million, 3.0 million and 2.8 million Class A common shares remaining to be issued, respectively.
(2) Reflects the number of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock issued, if converted into common stock for the period outstanding. For fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022, 0.3 million
and 42.7 million potential common shares outstanding related to Convertible Preferred Stock were antidilutive, respectively.
(3) The number of potential Class A common shares outstanding related to RSUs and RSAs that were antidilutive for fiscal 2024, fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022 were not material.
Item 9 - Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Not applicable.
100

Table of Contents
Item 9A - Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain a system of disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the
Company's reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), is recorded, processed, summarized and
reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required
disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no
matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our
disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act, as of February 22, 2025. Based on that evaluation, our
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of February 22,
2025.
Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f)
and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even
those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.
Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting may vary over time. Under the
supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an
evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the 2013 framework set forth in the report entitled
Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
Based on our evaluation under such framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of
February 22, 2025.
The attestation of Deloitte & Touche LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, on the effectiveness of our internal control over
financial reporting is included in "Part II—Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024 that have materially affected, or
are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B - Other Information
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024, none of the Company's directors or officers adopted or terminated a Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement or a
non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement, as defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K.
In connection with the previously announced appointment of Susan Morris as Chief Executive Officer, on April 21, 2025, the Company entered
into an amended employment agreement, dated and effective as of May 1, 2025 (the "Amended Employment Agreement") with Ms. Morris.
101

Table of Contents
Pursuant to the Amended Employment Agreement, on May 1, 2025, Ms. Morris will become entitled to receive:
•
An annual base salary of $1,400,000;
•
An annual cash performance bonus targeted at 185% of her base salary; and
•
An annual equity award grant valued at $11,010,000, subject to increase or decrease as determined by the Company's Board of Directors
or Compensation Committee.
The Amended Employment Agreement includes provisions substantially similar to those in Ms. Morris's current employment agreement relating
to benefits, retirement entitlements, severance payments and entitlements payable upon the termination of Ms. Morris's employment by the
Company without Cause (as defined in the Amended Employment Agreement) or by Ms. Morris for Good Reason (as defined in the Amended
Employment Agreement), and provisions relating to the payment of any amounts due to Ms. Morris's death or disability. In addition, the
Amended Employment Agreement contains updates to reflect Ms. Morris' CEO title and Board seat, revised restrictive covenant periods and
provisions around the personal use of the Company's aircraft.
The foregoing summary of the Amended Employment Agreement is qualified in its entirety by the Amended Employment Agreement, a copy of
which is filed herewith as Exhibit 10.19 and incorporated herein by reference.
Item 9C - Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Not applicable.
102

Table of Contents
PART III
Item 10 - Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
For information concerning executive officers, see "Executive Officers of the Registrant" located under "Part I—Item 1. Business" herein.
Information concerning directors and certain other corporate governance matters is included under the captions "Proposal 1 - Election of
Directors" and "Corporate Governance" in the Proxy Statement for our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed within 120 days after
the end of fiscal 2024, and that information is incorporated by reference herein.
We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers
responsible for financial reporting. We have made a current copy of the code available on our website, www.Albertsonscompanies.com and the
code is also available to any stockholder who requests a copy. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by
law or NYSE listing standards concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code.
Item 11 - Executive Compensation
Information required by this Item is included under the captions "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Director Compensation,"
"Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" and "Compensation Committee Report" in the Proxy Statement for our 2025
Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed within 120 days after the end of fiscal 2024, and that information is incorporated by reference
herein.
Item 12 - Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management, and Related Member Matters
Information required by this Item is included under the captions "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" and
"Equity Compensation Plan Information" in the Proxy Statement for our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed within 120 days after
the end of fiscal 2024, and that information is incorporated by reference herein.
Item 13 - Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Information required by this Item is included under the captions "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" and "Corporate
Governance" in the Proxy Statement for our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed within 120 days after the end of fiscal 2024, and
that information is incorporated by reference herein.
Item 14 - Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Information required by this Item is included under the caption "Proposal 2 - Ratification of the Appointment of the Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm" in the Proxy Statement for our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed within 120 days after the end of fiscal
2024, and that information is incorporated by reference herein.
103

Table of Contents
PART IV
Item 15 - Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Page
(a)1.
Financial Statements:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 34)
50
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of February 22, 2025 and February 24, 2024
54
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the years ended February 22, 2025, February 24, 2024
and February 25, 2023
55
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended February 22, 2025, February 24, 2024 and February 25, 2023
56
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended February 22, 2025, February 24, 2024 and February 25,
2023
58
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
59
(a)2.
Financial Statement Schedules:
There are no Financial Statement Schedules included in this filing for the reason that they are not applicable or are not required or the
information is included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
(a)3.&(b)
Exhibits:
Exhibit No.
Description
2.1
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 13, 2022, by and among Albertsons Companies Inc., the Kroger Co. and Kettle Merger Sub,
Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 14, 2022)
3.1
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Albertsons Companies, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 9, 2020)
3.1.1
Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Albertsons Companies, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.1.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June 18, 2020)
3.1.2
Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Albertsons Companies, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on October 20, 2021)
3.2
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Albertsons Companies, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company's Current Report on
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 30, 2020)
3.3
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Designations of 6.75% Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of Albertsons Companies, Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 19, 2022)
4.1
Stockholders' Agreement by and among Albertsons Companies, Inc. and holders of stock of Albertsons Companies, Inc. signatory thereto
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 30, 2020)
4.2
Registration Rights Agreement by and among Albertsons Companies, Inc. and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1
to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 9, 2020)
4.2.1
Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 9, 2021, to the Registration Rights Agreement by and among Albertsons Companies, Inc. and the
investors party thereto, dated June 9th 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed
with the SEC on January 12, 2022)
4.3
Indenture, dated September 10, 1997, between Safeway Inc., and the Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to
the Albertsons Companies, LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on May 19, 2017)
4.4
Form of Officers' Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.'s 7.45% Senior Debentures due 2027, including the form of Notes
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Albertsons Companies, LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on May
19, 2017)
104

Table of Contents
Exhibit No.
Description
4.5
Form of Officers' Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.'s 7.25% Debentures due 2031, including the form of Notes (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Albertsons Companies, LLC's Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on May 19, 2017)
4.6
Indenture, dated May 1, 1992, between New Albertson's, Inc. (as successor to Albertson's, Inc.) and U.S. Bank Trust National Association (as
successor to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York), as trustee (as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of May 7,
2004; Supplemental Indenture No. 2, dated as of June 1, 2006; Supplemental Indenture No. 3, dated as of December 29, 2008 and Supplemental
Indenture No. 4, dated as of December 3, 2017) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-
4 filed with the SEC on April 6, 2018)
4.7
Indenture, dated May 1, 1995, between American Stores Company, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (as successor to The First
National bank of Chicago), as trustee (as further supplemented) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Albertsons Companies, LLC's
Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on May 19, 2017)
4.8
Indenture, dated as of February 5, 2019, by and among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Safeway Inc., New Albertsons, L.P., Albertson's LLC, the
guarantors party thereto from time to time, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee with respect to the 7.5% Senior Notes due
2026 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 5, 2019)
4.8.1
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 17, 2019, by and among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Safeway Inc., New Albertsons, L.P.,
Albertson's LLC, the guarantors party thereto from time to time, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee with respect to the 7.5%
Senior Notes due 2026 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on April
24, 2019)
4.8.2
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 9, 2020, by and among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Safeway Inc., New Albertsons, L.P.,
Albertson's LLC, the guarantors party thereto from time to time, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee with respect to the 7.5%
Senior Notes due 2026 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13.2 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on
June 10, 2020)
4.9
Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2019, by and among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Safeway Inc., New Albertsons, L.P., Albertson's LLC, the
guarantors party thereto from time to time, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee with respect to the 5.875% Senior Notes due
2028 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 15, 2019)
4.9.1
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 9, 2020, by and among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Safeway Inc., New Albertsons, L.P.,
Albertson's LLC, the guarantors party thereto from time to time, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee with respect to the
5.875% Senior Notes due 2028 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the
SEC on June 10, 2020)
4.10
Indenture, dated as of November 22, 2019, by and among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Safeway Inc., New Albertsons, L.P., Albertson's LLC, the
guarantors party thereto from time to time, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee with respect to the 4.625% Senior Notes due
2027 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 22, 2019)
4.10.1
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 9, 2020, by and among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Safeway Inc., New Albertsons, L.P.,
Albertson's LLC, the guarantors party thereto from time to time, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee with respect to the
4.625% Senior Notes due 2027 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.15.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the
SEC on June 10, 2020)
4.11
Indenture, dated as of February 5, 2020, by and among Albertsons Companies Inc., Safeway Inc., New Albertsons, L.P., Albertson's LLC, the
guarantors party thereto from time to time, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, with respect to the 3.50% Senior Notes due
2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 5, 2020)
4.11.1
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 9, 2020, by and among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Safeway Inc., New Albertsons, L.P.,
Albertson's LLC, the guarantors party thereto from time to time, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee with respect to the
3.50% Senior Notes due 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the
SEC on June 10, 2020)
4.12
Indenture, dated as of February 5, 2020, by and among Albertsons Companies Inc., Safeway Inc., New Albertsons, L.P., Albertson's LLC, the
guarantors party thereto from time to time, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, with respect to the 4.875% Senior Notes due
2030 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 5, 2020)
4.12.1
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 9, 2020, by and among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Safeway Inc., New Albertsons, L.P.,
Albertson's LLC, the guarantors party thereto from time to time, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee with respect to the
4.875% Senior Notes due 2030 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.17.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the
SEC on June 10, 2020)
105

Table of Contents
Exhibit No.
Description
4.13
Indenture, dated as of August 31, 2020, by and among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Safeway Inc., New Albertsons L.P., Albertson's LLC, the
guarantors party thereto from time to time, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, with respect to the 3.250% Senior Notes due
2026 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 31, 2020)
4.14
Indenture, dated as of August 31, 2020, by and among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Safeway Inc., New Albertsons L.P., Albertson's LLC, the
guarantors party thereto from time to time, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, with respect to the 3.500% Senior Notes due
2029 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 31, 2020)
4.15
Indenture, dated as of February 13, 2023, by and among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Safeway Inc., New Albertsons L.P., Albertson's LLC, the
guarantors party thereto from time to time, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, with respect to the 6.500% Senior Notes,
due 2028 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 14, 2023)
4.16
Indenture, dated as of March 11, 2025, by and among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Safeway Inc., New Albertsons L.P., Albertson's LLC,
Albertsons Safeway LLC, the guarantors party thereto from time to time, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, with respect
to the 6.250% Senior Notes due 2033 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the
SEC on March 11, 2025)
10.1
Third Amended and Restated Asset-Based Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2018, among Albertsons Companies, Inc., as
lead borrower, the subsidiary borrowers and guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of
America, N.A. as administrative and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018)
10.1.1
Amendment No. 1, dated as of May 20, 2020, to the Third Amended and Restated Asset-Based Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of
November 16, 2018, among Albertsons Companies, Inc., as lead borrower, the subsidiary borrowers and guarantors from time to time party
thereto and Bank of America, N.A. as administrative and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 27, 2020)
10.1.2
Fourth Amended and Restated Asset-Based Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2021, by and among Albertsons Companies,
Inc. certain of its subsidiaries signatory thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent
and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December
23, 2021)
10.2†
Employment Agreement, dated March 25, 2019, between Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Vivek Sankaran (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 29, 2019)
10.3†
Employment Agreement, dated August 4, 2021, between Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Sharon McCollam (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 11, 2021)
10.4†*
Non-employee director compensation policy
10.5
Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed
with the SEC on March 6, 2020)
10.6†
Albertsons Companies, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Amendment No. 3 to the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June 18, 2020)
10.7†
Albertsons Companies, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Amendment No. 2 to the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June 10, 2020)
10.8†
Form of time-based restricted stock unit agreement (fiscal 2022 award cycle) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on April 26, 2022)
10.9†
Form of performance-based restricted stock unit agreement (fiscal 2022 award cycle) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on April 26, 2022)
10.10†
Form of performance-based restricted stock unit agreement (fiscal 2023 award cycle) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on April 25, 2023)
10.11†
Form of time-based restricted stock unit agreement (fiscal 2023 award cycle) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on April 25, 2023)
10.12†
Form of Special Retention Incentive Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed
with the SEC on March 7, 2023)
106

Table of Contents
Exhibit No.
Description
10.13†
Form of time-based restricted stock unit agreement (grant date anniversary vest) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on April 25, 2023)
10.14†
Form of time-based restricted stock unit agreement (board of directors) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on April 25, 2023)
10.15†
Amendment No. 1 to form of performance-based restricted stock unit agreement (fiscal 2022 award cycle) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.40 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on April 25, 2023)
10.16†
Form of time-based restricted stock unit agreement (fiscal 2024 award cycle) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on April 22, 2024)
10.17†
Form of performance-based restricted stock unit agreement (fiscal 2024 award cycle) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on April 22, 2024)
10.18†*
Form of performance-based restricted stock unit agreement (fiscal 2025 award cycle)
10.19†*
Amended Employment Agreement, dated May 1, 2025, between Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Susan Morris
19.1*
Insider Trading Policies and Procedures
21.1*
Schedule of Subsidiaries of Albertsons Companies, Inc.
23.1*
Consent of Deloitte and Touche LLP
31.1*
Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2*
Certification of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1**
Certification of the Principal Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
97.1
Albertsons Companies, Inc. Restatement Clawback Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 97.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form
10-K filed with the SEC on April 22, 2024)
101.INS
Inline XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104
The cover page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
*Filed herewith.
** Furnished herewith.
† Constitutes a compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed with this Form 10-K.
107

Table of Contents
Item 16 - Form 10-K Summary
None.
108

Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Albertsons Companies, Inc.
Date:
April 21, 2025
By:
/s/ Vivek Sankaran
Vivek Sankaran
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ Vivek Sankaran
Chief Executive Officer and Director
April 21, 2025
Vivek Sankaran
(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Sharon McCollam
President and Chief Financial Officer
April 21, 2025
Sharon McCollam
(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ Robert B. Larson
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
April 21, 2025
Robert B. Larson
(Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ James L. Donald
Chairman
April 21, 2025
James L. Donald
/s/ Sharon L. Allen
Director
April 21, 2025
Sharon L. Allen
/s/ Frank Bruno
Director
April 21, 2025
Frank Bruno
/s/ Kim Fennebresque
Director
April 21, 2025
Kim Fennebresque
/s/ Allen M. Gibson
Director
April 21, 2025
Allen M. Gibson
/s/ Lisa Gray
Director
April 21, 2025
Lisa Gray
109

Table of Contents
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ Sarah Mensah
Director
April 21, 2025
Sarah Mensah
/s/ Alan H. Schumacher
Director
April 21, 2025
Alan H. Schumacher
/s/ B. Kevin Turner
Director
April 21, 2025
B. Kevin Turner
/s/ Mary Beth West
Director
April 21, 2025
Mary Beth West
110

Exhibit 10.4
ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, INC.
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY
Amended: February 26, 2025
Introduction:
The purpose of this Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (this “Policy”) is to attract and retain qualified Non-Employee
Directors and to advance the interests of Albertsons Companies, Inc. (the “Company”) and its stockholders.
Eligibility:
Only those members of the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) who constitute Non-Employee Directors are eligible to
receive compensation under this Policy. For purposes of this Policy, “Non-Employee Director” means any member of the Board
who is not an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Directors who are employees of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries are not entitled to additional compensation on account of such director’s service on the Board. For the avoidance of
doubt, any director who is an employee of any stockholder of the Company may be considered a Non-Employee Director.
Cash Compensation:
Each Non-Employee Director shall be entitled to receive an annual cash retainer of $125,000 in connection with the service of
such Non-Employee Director as a member of the Board.
Cash Payment:
Each Non-Employee Director shall be paid, as soon as administratively possible, the amount of cash retainer applicable to such
Non-Employee Director in four (4) quarterly payments following the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company during which
such Non- Employee Director has served as a member of the Board (or applicable committee of the Board). In the event a Non-
Employee Director assumes or vacates a position on the Board or one of its committees during a quarter, such Non-Employee
Director shall be entitled to a prorated portion of the cash compensation for such position for that quarter based on the
percentage of days in that quarter during which such Non-Employee Director served in the position for which the cash retainer is
payable under this Policy.
Expense Reimbursement:
All Non-Employee Directors shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for their reasonable travel (including
commercial airfare and ground transportation), lodging and meal expenses incident to attending in-person meetings of the
Board or committees thereof or in connection with other Board related business as approved by the Company. The Company
shall also reimburse Non-Employee Directors for reasonable expenses related to attendance at director continuing education
programs that are relevant to their

service on the Board and which attendance is pre-approved by the chair of the Governance Committee or any chair or co-
chair of the Board. The Company shall reimburse a Non- Employee Director as soon as administratively possible following
submission by the Non- Employee Director of reasonable written substantiation for the expenses.
Equity Compensation:
Promptly following the initial election of a Non-Employee Director to the Board, or promptly following a Board member
meeting the criteria of a Non-Employee Director, such Non-Employee Director shall receive a grant of Time-Based Restricted
Stock Units (“TBRSUs”) valued at $190,000 prorated from the date of election or meeting the criteria of a Non-Employee
Director to the remainder of the fiscal year (the “Initial Award”). Thereafter, a continuing Non-Employee Director shall
annually receive a grant of TBRSUs valued at $190,000 (the “Annual Award”). The non-executive chairman of the Board
shall receive an annual grant of TBRSUs valued at $200,000, prorated from the date of appointment, for the position of
chairman (the “Annual Chair Award”), which is in lieu of the Initial Award or Annual Award. The number of TBRSUs subject
to the Initial Award, Annual Award or Annual Chair Award will be determined by dividing the value of that award (or as may
be prorated for the Initial Award or Annual Chair Award) by the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the grant
date, rounded down to the nearest whole share. The grant date of the Annual Award and Annual Chair Award shall be the first
business day of the Company’s fiscal year. The Initial Award and each Annual Award and Annual Chair Award shall vest on
the last day of the fiscal year in which the grant was made, subject to the Non-Employee Director’s continued service to the
Company through the vesting dates. All grants of TBRSUs shall be made pursuant to the Company’s current equity incentive
plan. The descriptions of these grants set forth above are subject and qualified in their entirety by reference to the terms and
conditions of the equity incentive plan and the applicable Time-Based Restricted Share Award Agreement issued thereunder.
Annual Review: This Policy shall be reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee and modified as necessary to ensure its terms
remain consistent with the stated interests of the Company and its stockholders. The Compensation Committee shall have the
power to construe this Policy to determine all questions arising thereunder, and to adopt and amend such rules and regulations
for the administration of this Policy as it may deem desirable. The Compensation Committee shall determine the members of
the Board who qualify as Non- Employee Directors and are eligible to receive compensation under the terms of this Policy.
Any decisions of the Compensation Committee in the administration of this Policy shall be final and conclusive. The
Compensation Committee may authorize one or more of its members or any officer of the Company to execute and deliver
documents on its behalf. No member of the Compensation Committee shall be liable for anything done or omitted to be done
by such member or by any other member of the Board or the Compensation Committee in connection with this Policy, except
for such member’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence (unless the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws,
or any indemnification agreement between the Company and such person, in each case in accordance with applicable law,
provides otherwise).The Compensation Committee shall have the power to engage outside consultants, auditors or other
professional help to assist in the fulfillment of the duties of the Compensation Committee under this Policy at the Company’s
expense.
***

Exhibit 10.18
ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, INC.
2020 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
Albertsons Companies, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to the Albertsons Companies, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the
“Plan”), hereby grants to the Participant named below an Award of Restricted Stock Units. Unless otherwise defined herein, the
capitalized terms used in this Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “Agreement”), which includes the Notice of Grant (the
“Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A (including the Appendix),
shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.
NOTICE OF GRANT
Participant:
#Participant Name#
Grant Date:
#Grant Date#
Award Term:
2025-2027
Target Number of Restricted Stock Units:
Fiscal Year:
2025
2026
2027
Grant ID:
Target Number:
Vesting Schedule:
See the Appendix to Exhibit A, attached hereto
The Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock Units is granted under and governed by the terms and
conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as
Exhibit A, all of which are incorporated into this Agreement.
ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, INC.
By:                
Name: Tom Moriarty
Title: EVP, General Counsel &
Chief Policy Officer
PARTICIPANT:
                

EXHIBIT A
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT
1.    Grant. The Company hereby grants to the individual named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) the right to
be awarded Restricted Stock Units in respect of each Fiscal Year during the Award Term, subject to all of the terms and conditions in
this Agreement and the Plan.
2.    Awarding and Vesting. The Participant shall be awarded and become vested in the Restricted Stock Units subject
to the Award as set forth on the Appendix.
3.    Section 409A Compliance. To the extent the Award constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the
meaning of Section 409A of the Code), then (a) this Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the
Code and the Restricted Stock Units subject to this Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with this intent; and (b) if
the Participant is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code at the time of the Participant’s Termination of
Service, then solely to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code, no shares of Common Stock shall be delivered
in respect of any Restricted Stock Units until the date that is six months following the date of the Participant’s Termination of
Service or, if earlier, the Participant’s death.
4.    Taxes. The Company shall have the power and the right to require the Participant to remit to the Company the
amount necessary to satisfy federal, state, provincial and local taxes, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be
withheld, and to deduct or withhold shares of Common Stock (or, as applicable, the number of Restricted Stock Units in the
Participant’s Account) deliverable under the Award to satisfy such withholding obligation. Unless otherwise determined by the
Compensation Committee, the Company shall withhold a number of shares of Common Stock (or, as applicable, the number of
Restricted Stock Units in the Participant’s Account) equal in value to the amount necessary to satisfy federal, state, provincial and
local taxes, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be withheld. The amount withheld shall be the amount necessary to
satisfy the Participant’s tax liability up to the maximum expected tax liability, provided that such withholding does not result in
adverse tax or accounting consequences to the Company.
5.    General.
(a)        Amendments. No amendment, suspension or termination of this Agreement shall materially and
adversely affect the rights of the Participant under this Agreement without the consent of the Participant.
(b)    Notices. Any notice or other communication required or which may be given hereunder shall be in
writing and shall be deemed to have been given (i) on the date of

transmission, if delivered by facsimile or electronic mail, (ii) on the date of delivery, if delivered by hand, (iii) on the first business
day following the date of mailing, if sent by a nationally recognized overnight express mail service, or (iv) on the fourth business
day after the date of mailing, if sent by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, as
follows:
(i)    If to the Company, to:
Albertsons Companies, Inc.
250 Parkcenter Blvd.
Boise, ID 83706
Attention: Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer
With a copy to: General Counsel
(ii)    If to the Participant, to the address listed in the personnel records of the Company.
(c)    Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties
hereto and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns. The Participant may not assign any of its rights or obligations
under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company.
(d)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which, when so
executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute one and the
same instrument.
(e)    Descriptive Headings, Etc. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and
shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of terms contained herein. Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires: (i)
words of any gender shall be deemed to include each other gender; (ii) words using the singular or plural number shall also include
the plural or singular number, respectively; (iii) the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when
used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section
and paragraph references are to the Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement unless otherwise specified; (iv) the word “including”
and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall mean “including, without limitation,” unless otherwise specified; (v)
“or” is not exclusive; and (vi) provisions apply to successive events and transactions.
(f)    Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable by any
court of law in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions hereof and thereof shall be severable and enforceable in accordance with
their terms, and all provisions shall remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction.

(g)    Choice of Law and Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the
laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to the principles of conflicts of laws, and to applicable federal laws. The parties
agree that any legal claim arising from or related to this Agreement that may be pursued in a court of law shall be pursued
exclusively in a court of competent subject matter jurisdiction located Idaho, and the parties consent to the personal jurisdiction of
the courts located in Idaho and waive all objections to same (based on convenience, cost, location of witnesses or evidence, or
otherwise); provided, however, that if for any reason personal jurisdiction cannot be maintained over a party in accordance with the
forgoing choice of venue clause then it shall not apply.
(h)    Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH,
OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF. THE
PARTIES HERETO AGREE THAT THIS SECTION IS A SPECIFIC AND MATERIAL ASPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT AND
WOULD NOT ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT IF THIS SECTION WERE NOT PART OF THIS AGREEMENT.
(i)    Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and
intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject
matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings relating to such
subject matter, other than those set forth or referred to herein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings
between the parties hereto with respect to such subject matter.
(j)    Further Assurances. Each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such
further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents as any other
party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
(k)    Construction. The Company and the Participant acknowledge that each of them has had the benefit of
legal counsel of its own choice and has been afforded an opportunity to review this Agreement with its legal counsel and that this
Agreement shall be construed as if jointly drafted by the Company and the Participant.
(l)        Unfunded Status of Award. Except upon the issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this
Agreement, any rights of the Participant under the Plan and this Agreement shall be those of a general unsecured creditor of the
Company, and neither the Participant nor the Participant’s permitted transferees or estate shall have any other interest in any assets of
the Company or its subsidiaries by virtue of the Plan or this Agreement.

(m)    Plan Governs. This Award is made pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan. In the event of a
conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall govern.
(n)    No Employment Rights. Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any
right to continue in the Service of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or
any of its subsidiaries to terminate the employment or other service relationship of the Participant for any reason or no reason at any
time.
(o)    No Rights as Stockholder. The Participant shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to the
shares subject to this Award until shares of Common Stock are delivered to the Participant pursuant to this Agreement.
(p)    Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Company may, in its sole discretion: (i) deliver any documents
related to the Award by electronic means or (ii) request the Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. The
Participant hereby consents to receive all documentation applicable to the Award by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan
through an on-line (and/or voice activated) system established and maintained by the Company or a third party vendor designated by
the Company. If the Participant does not accept this Award in the manner designated by the Company not later than 90 days after the
Grant Date above (or within 90 days of the electronic notification of such Grant, whichever occurs later) this Award may be rendered
void and without effect.
(q)    Data Privacy. The Participant acknowledges and consents to the collection, use, processing and transfer
of personal Data (defined below) as described in this subsection. The Company and its affiliates hold certain personal information
about the Participant, including the Participant’s name, home address, personal telephone number, email address, date of birth, social
security number or other employee identification number, salary, nationality, job title, information regarding Shares held or
equivalent benefits awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Participant’s favor, for the purpose of
managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). The Company and its affiliates may transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary
for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of the Participant’s participation in the Plan, and the Company
and its affiliates may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting the Company or any such related entity in the
implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Participant acknowledges that the transferors and transferees of
such Data may be located anywhere in the world and hereby authorizes each of them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the
Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the
Plan, including any transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of
Shares on the Participant’s behalf to a broker or other third party with whom the Participant may elect to deposit any Shares acquired
under the Plan (whether pursuant to the Award or otherwise).

APPENDIX
1. Definitions.
“Accrual Factor” means, with respect to a Fiscal Year, a number equal to the product of (i) the EPS Accrual
Percentage (as determined in accordance with Section 2(a)) and (ii) the ROIC Modifier (as determined in accordance with Section
2(b)).
“Accrued RSUs” means the Restricted Stock Units credited to the Participant’s RSU Account in accordance with this
Appendix.
“Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Plan.
“Change in Control Period” means the 24-month period following a Change in Control.
“Competitive Activity” means the Participant’s engagement, directly or indirectly, as principal, agent, independent
contractor, consultant, director, officer, employee, employer, advisor, stockholder, partner, member or in any other individual or
representative capacity whatsoever, whether paid or unpaid, either for the Participant’s own benefit or the benefit of any other person
or entity, other than on behalf of the Company, to organize, establish, own, operate, manage, control, engage in, participate in, invest
in, permit the Participant’s name to be used by, act as a consultant or advisor to, render services for (alone or in association with any
person, firm, corporation or business organization), or otherwise assist any person or entity that engages in or owns, invests in,
operates, manages or controls any venture or enterprise which engages or proposes to engage in (i) the business conducted by the
Company or any of its subsidiaries on the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service in the geographic locations where the
Company or any of its subsidiaries engage in such business or (ii) any business which, to the Participant’s knowledge, the Company
or any of its subsidiaries propose to engage in within the twelve (12) month period following the date of the Participant’s
Termination of Service in the geographic locations where the Company or any of its subsidiaries propose to engage in such business.
“Closed Fiscal Year” means a Fiscal Year in the Award Term that has ended.
“Disability” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Plan.
“Early Retirement” means, prior to the Participant’s attainment of age 62, the Participant’s Termination of Service for
any reason, other than for Cause, death or Disability, on or after the Participant’s (i) attainment of age 55 and (ii) completion of 10
years of continuous service with the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Participant’s years of service shall be determined by the
Committee in accordance with predetermined, nondiscretionary rules established by the Company.
“EPS” means, with respect to a particular Fiscal Year, the Company’s Adjusted Net Income Per Class A Common
Share, as defined in the Company’s Form 10-K for such Fiscal

Year, as consistently applied to each Fiscal Year and in a manner determined and approved by the Committee within a reasonable
time period following the commencement of the Fiscal Year.
“EPS Goal” means, with respect to a particular Fiscal Year, a target amount of EPS to be achieved by the Company
during such Fiscal Year, as set by the Committee in its sole discretion.
“Final Date” means the final day of the third Fiscal Year of the Award Term.
“Fiscal Year” means a fiscal year of the Company (excluding fiscal years of less than 12 months).
“Good Reason” has the meaning set forth in the Participant’s written employment agreement with the Company, if
any. If the participant does not have a written employment agreement with the Company that defines such term, then this definition,
and the corresponding provision set forth in Section 6(c) of this Appendix, is inapplicable to the Participant.
“Normal Retirement” means the Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason, other than for Cause, death or
Disability, on or after the Participant’s attainment of age 62, and forbearance from engaging in any work or activity that would
constitute Competitive Activity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant’s primary place of employment or services as of
the Participant’s Termination of Service is California, North Dakota, Oklahoma or any state that prohibits the enforcement of post-
employment non-competition agreements, the Participant’s engaging in any work or activity that would constitute Competitive
Activity after the Participant’s Termination of Service shall not cause the Participant to fail to qualify for Normal Retirement.
“Open Fiscal Year” means each Fiscal Year in the Award Term that has commenced but not yet ended or has not yet
commenced.
“ROIC” means, with respect to a particular Fiscal Year, the Company’s return on invested capital for a Fiscal Year,
determined by dividing (i) the Company’s adjusted operating profit for such Fiscal Year, by (ii) the Company’s average invested
capital for such Fiscal Year. For purposes of the calculation of ROIC, the Company’s adjusted operating profit for a Fiscal Year shall
exclude certain items included in the Company’s U.S. GAAP operating profit that management does not consider in assessing core
performance in addition to adjustments for LIFO charges (credits), depreciation and amortization and rent to the Company’s U.S.
GAAP operating profit for the Fiscal Year. For purposes of the calculation of ROIC, the Company’s average invested capital for a
Fiscal Year shall be calculated as the sum of (i) the average of the Company’s total assets, (ii) the average LIFO reserve, (iii) the
average accumulated depreciation and amortization; minus (i) the average taxes receivable, (ii) the average trade accounts payable,
(iii) the average accrued salaries and wages, (iv) the average other current liabilities, excluding accrued income taxes and (v) certain
other adjustments as appropriately determined. ROIC shall be consistently applied to each Fiscal Year and approved by the
Committee within a reasonable time period following the commencement of the Fiscal Year.

“ROIC Goal” means, with respect to a particular Fiscal Year, a target amount of ROIC to be achieved by the
Company during such Fiscal Year, as set by the Committee in its sole discretion.
“RSU Account” means an unfunded bookkeeping account, notionally established on behalf of the Participant, that
will be credited with any Accrued RSUs pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
“Target Number” means, with respect to a particular Fiscal Year, the target number of Restricted Stock Units in
respect of such Fiscal Year specified in the Notice of Grant.
2.    Performance Criteria. At the end of each Fiscal Year of the Award Term, the Participant’s RSU Account shall be
credited with that number of Accrued RSUs equal to the Target Number for such Fiscal Year multiplied by the Accrual Factor for
such Fiscal Year.
(a)     EPS Accrual Percentage. The “EPS Accrual Percentage” for a particular Fiscal Year shall be determined as
indicated in the table below by comparing the Company’s EPS for such Fiscal Year to the EPS Goal for such Fiscal Year (expressed
as a percentage):
Attainment of EPS Goal
(EPS/EPS Goal)
EPS Accrual Percentage
Less than 70%
0%
70%
50%
100%
100%
Greater than or equal to 120%
160%
If the Company’s EPS for a Fiscal Year as compared to the EPS Goal for such Fiscal Year falls between the
percentiles specified in the table above, the EPS Accrual Percentage for such Fiscal Year shall be determined on a straight-line
interpolated basis. In no event shall the EPS Accrual Percentage for a Fiscal Year be more than 160%.
(b)        ROIC Modifier. The “ROIC Modifier” for a particular Fiscal Year shall be determined as indicated in the
table below by comparing the Company’s ROIC for such Fiscal Year to the ROIC Goal for such Fiscal Year (expressed as a
percentage):
Attainment of ROIC Goal
(ROIC/ROIC Goal)
ROIC Modifier
Less than or equal to 89%
75%
Greater than 89% but less than 107%
100%
Greater than or equal to 107%
125%
In no event shall the ROIC Modifier for a Fiscal Year be more than 125%.

3.    Dividend Equivalent Rights. If the Company declares and pays a cash dividend on the shares of Common Stock,
the Participant’s RSU Account will be credited with an additional number of Accrued RSUs equal to: (a) the product of (i) the
number of Accrued RSUs in the Participant’s RSU Account (including additional Accrued RSUs previously credited to the
Participant’s RSU Account in accordance with this Section 3) for which shares of Common Stock have not been delivered to the
Participant as of the dividend payment date, and (ii) the amount of the cash dividend paid per share of Common Stock; divided by
(b) the Fair Market Value (which shall be equal to the closing price) of a share of Common Stock on the dividend payment date.
Each additional Accrued RSU credited to the Participant’s RSU Account pursuant to this Section 3 shall be subject to the same
terms, conditions and restrictions as the underlying Accrued RSUs to which such additional Accrued RSU relates.
4.    Termination of Service.
(a)    If the Participant incurs a Termination of Service prior to the Final Date other than due to Participant’s
death, Disability, Early Retirement or Normal Retirement, the entire Award, including any Accrued RSUs credited to the
Participant’s RSU Account in respect of any Completed Fiscal Year, shall be immediately forfeited by the Participant and cancelled,
without the payment of consideration.
(b)    If the Participant incurs a Termination of Service due to the Participant’s death or Disability:
(i)    the Participant’s RSU Account shall be immediately credited with that number of Accrued RSUs
equal to the Target Number in respect of each Open Fiscal Year; and
(ii)    the Participant shall not be entitled to have any additional Accrued RSUs credited to the Participant’s
RSU Account in respect of the Award Term or under this Agreement.
(c)    If the Participant incurs a Termination of Service that qualifies as an Early Retirement:
(i)    at the end of the Fiscal Year in which the Participant’s Early Retirement occurs, the Participant’s RSU
Account shall be credited with that number of Accrued RSUs equal to the product of (A) that number of Accrued RSUs, calculated
pursuant to Section 2 of this Appendix, which would have been credited to the Participant’s RSU Account for the Open Fiscal Year
in which the Participant’s Early Retirement occurs, and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed in the
period beginning on the first day of the Fiscal Year in which the Participant’s Early Retirement occurs and ending on the date the
Participant’s Early Retirement occurs and the denominator of which is the number of days in the Fiscal Year in which the
Participant’s Early Retirement occurs; and

(ii)    the Participant shall not be entitled to have any additional Accrued RSUs credited to the Participant’s
RSU Account in respect of the Award Term or under this Agreement.
(d)    If the Participant incurs a Termination of Service that qualifies as a Normal Retirement, at the end of
each Open Fiscal Year, the Participant’s RSU Account shall be credited with that number of Accrued RSUs, calculated pursuant to
Section 2 of this Appendix which would have been credited to the Participant’s RSU Account in respect of such Open Fiscal Year.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of the Participant’s death following the Participant’s Normal Retirement but prior to the
Final Date, the Participant’s RSU Account shall be credited with that number of Accrued RSUs equal to the Target Number in
respect of each Open Fiscal Year (determined as of the date of the Participant’s death) and the Participant shall not be entitled to
have any additional Accrued RSUs credited to the Participant’s RSU Account in respect of the Award Term or under this Agreement.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4(d) to the contrary, if the Participant engages in work or other activity that causes the
Participant to no longer qualify for Normal Retirement treatment (such as Competitive Activity) following the Participant’s
Termination of Service, (i) with respect to a Participant who is otherwise eligible for Early Retirement (i.e., age 62 or older with 10
years of service), they will be eligible for Early Retirement treatment, and (ii) otherwise, the Participant will no longer be qualified
to receive and retain any portion of the Award that has not yet vested as of the date the Participant engages in activity that causes the
Participant to no longer qualify for Normal Retirement. The Participant must immediately provide notice to the Company as set forth
in Section 5(b) of the Agreement if the Participant engages in Competitive Activity.
5.       Award Settlement. Subject to Section 3 of the Agreement, as soon as reasonably practicable following the
applicable settlement date, but in no event later than the fifteenth day of the third month following the end of the Fiscal Year in
which the applicable settlement date occurs, the Company shall deliver to the Participant one share of Common Stock for each
Accrued RSU in the Participant’s RSU Account (with any fractional shares of Common Stock being rounded to the nearest whole
share of Common Stock), to the extent not otherwise forfeited or cancelled pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (provided, that, if
the Award is considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), delivery of such
Common Stock shall be within the calendar year in which the applicable settlement date occurs). For purposes of this Section 5, the
applicable settlement date shall be the Final Date, provided, however, if the Participant incurs a Termination of Service due to the
Participant’s death or Disability, the applicable settlement date shall be the Participant’s Termination of Service.
6.    Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything in this Appendix to the contrary, if a Change in Control occurs
during the Award Term:
(a)        Upon such Change in Control, the Participant’s RSU Account shall immediately be credited with a
number of Accrued RSUs equal to the Target Number in respect of each Open Fiscal Year as of the date of the Change in Control
and thereafter Participant shall

not be entitled to have any additional Accrued RSUs credited to the Participant’s RSU Account in respect of the Award Term or
under this Agreement.
(b)    If, during a Change in Control Period, the Participant incurs a Termination of Service by the Company
without Cause, the Participant shall become fully vested in any portion of the Award that has not yet vested (to the extent not
previously forfeited or cancelled) immediately upon such Termination of Service by the Company.
(c)    To the extent the Participant has an employment agreement with the Company that defines Good Reason,
if the Participant resigns for Good Reason, the Participant shall become fully vested in any portion of the Award that has not yet
vested (to the extent not previously forfeited or cancelled) immediately upon such Termination of Service.
(d)    If, prior to the Change in Control, the Participant has incurred a Termination of Service which qualifies
as an Early Retirement, then to the extent such Change in Control occurs in the Fiscal Year in which the Participant’s Early
Retirement occurs:
(i)    the Participant’s RSU Account shall immediately be credited with that number of Accrued RSUs
equal to the product of (i) the Target Number for the Open Fiscal Year in which the Participant’s Early Retirement occurs, and (B) a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed in the period beginning on the first day of the Fiscal Year in which
the Participant’s Early Retirement occurs and ending on the date the Participant’s Early Retirement occurs and the denominator of
which is the number of days in the Fiscal Year in which the Participant’s Early Retirement occurs; and
(ii)    the Participant shall not be entitled to have any additional Accrued RSUs credited to the Participant’s
RSU Account in respect of the Award Term or under this Agreement.
(e)    If, prior to the Change in Control, the Participant has incurred a Termination of Service which qualifies
as a Normal Retirement, upon such Change in Control, the Participant’s RSU Account shall immediately be credited with a number
of Accrued RSUs equal to the Target Number in respect of each Open Fiscal Year as of the date of the Change in Control and
thereafter the Participant shall not be entitled to have any additional Accrued RSUs credited to the Participant’s RSU Account in
respect of the Award Term or under this Agreement.
(f) Subject to Section 3 of this Agreement and Section 13(b) of the Plan, as soon as reasonably practicable following the applicable
settlement date, but in no event later than the fifteenth day of the third month following the end of the Fiscal Year in which the
applicable settlement date occurs, the Company shall deliver to the Participant one share of Common Stock for each Accrued RSU in
the Participant’s RSU Account (with any fractional shares of Common Stock being rounded to the nearest whole share of Common
Stock), to the extent not otherwise forfeited or cancelled pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (provided, that, if the Award is
considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), delivery of such Common
Stock shall be within the calendar year in which the applicable

settlement date occurs). For purposes of this Section 6(f), the applicable settlement date shall be the Final Date, provided, however,
if the Participant incurs a Termination of Service during a Change in Control Period, the applicable Settlement Date shall be date of
the Participant’s Termination of Service.
7.Termination of Service for Cause. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, upon the
Participant’s Termination of Service by the Company for Cause, the entire Award, including any Accrued RSUs in the Participant’s
RSU Account, shall be immediately forfeited by the Participant and cancelled, without the payment of consideration.

Exhibit 10.19
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of May 1, 2025 (the “Effective Date”) is between
Albertsons Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Susan Morris (the “Executive,” and together with the
Company, the “Parties”).
WHEREAS, the Executive is currently employed by the Company pursuant to an employment agreement effective July 20,
2022,
WHEREAS, Executive desires to continue to serve as any employee of the Company in exchange for the protection and
other considerations set forth in this Agreement, which shall supersede and replace in its entirety the July 20, 2022 agreement, and
WHEREAS, the Parties desire to set forth the revised terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment with the Company
exclusively in this Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and other
good and valuable consideration, the Parties agree to the following:
1.
Employment and Acceptance. The Company agrees to employ the Executive and the Executive hereby accepts such
employment with the Company upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Either the Company or a subsidiary may
be Executive's legal employer. For purposes of this Agreement, any reference to Executive's termination of employment with the
Company means termination of employment with the Company and all subsidiaries and does not include a transfer of employment
between any of them. The obligations created under this Agreement are obligations of the Company.
2.
Term. The Company will employ the Executive and the Executive accepts employment by the Company on the terms
and conditions contained herein for a period of time (the “Term”). The Term shall commence on the Effective Date and shall
continue until the Executive’s employment is terminated. The Executive’s employment relationship with the Company is at-will.
Accordingly, the Executive may terminate employment with the Company at any time and for any reason by notifying the Company;
and the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment at any time, with or without cause or advance notice.
3.
Duties and Title.
3.1
Title. The Executive shall be employed to render exclusive and full-time services to the Company and its
subsidiaries and affiliates. The Executive shall serve in the capacity of Chief Executive Officer.
     3.2     Duties. The Executive shall have such authority and responsibilities and shall perform such executive duties
customarily performed by a similarly titled executive of a company in similar lines of business as the Company and such other duties
as reasonably may be assigned to the Executive by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). All employees of the Company
shall directly or indirectly report to the Executive (excluding any employee who reports to the Audit Committee of the Board in
connection with an internal audit function).
1

During the Term, the Executive shall serve as a member of the Board. The Executive shall devote substantially all of the Executive’s
full working-time and reasonable best efforts to the performance of such duties and to the promotion of the business and interests of
the Company, other than for periods of illness or vacation in accordance with the Company’s policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
during the Term, Executive may (a) serve or continue to serve on no more than one (1) board of directors during the Term, subject to
approval of the Board or the Chair of the Governance Committee of the Board, and listed in Addendum A, and (b) serve on other
corporate, industry, civic or charitable boards and committees, provided that with respect to (a) and (b), (i) such activities, as
determined by the Board in its sole discretion, do not materially interfere with and are not inconsistent with the Executive’s
performance of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement and (ii) any such entity does not engage in the retail and/or e-commerce
grocery or supermarket business (the “Business”).
4.
Compensation and Benefits by the Company.
4.1
Base Salary. During the Term, the Company shall pay to the Executive an annual base salary of $1,400,000
payable in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company (“Base Salary”). The Executive’s Base Salary may be
increased as may be determined from time to time by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation
Committee”) in its sole discretion, and may be decreased as part of a temporary, uniform reduction in salary for all executive officers
of the Company that is undertaken in the Board’s reasonable business judgment, based on the Company’s financial performance or a
reasonably anticipated economic downturn.
4.2
Bonuses. During the Term, the Executive may be eligible to receive a bonus or bonuses (collectively, the
“Bonus”) subject to a plan or program established by the Company (the “Bonus Plan”) in an amount determined by the Board or
Compensation Committee in its discretion based upon achievement of performance measures derived from the business plan
presented by management and approved by the Board or Compensation Committee. The target amount of the Executive’s Bonus for
each fiscal year shall be no less than 185% of the Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”). If such performance measures are only partially
achieved or not achieved, the Executive shall only be entitled to such Bonus, if any, as provided under the applicable Bonus Plan or
as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Board or Compensation Committee. Subject to any deferral program established
by the Company, annual Bonuses shall be payable in the first 2½ months of the fiscal year following the performance year.
4.3
Equity Awards. During the Term, the Company shall award the Executive with an annual equity grant (which
may include phantom equity) valued at $11,010,000, as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee, subject to
increases or decreases in the equity grant value as determined by the Board or Compensation Committee, and subject to the terms
and conditions of the Company’s equity program and the award agreement applicable to each grant. The first such grant shall be
awarded at the Company’s customary grant date following the Effective Date.
4.4
Participation in Employee Benefit Plans. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled, if and to the extent
eligible, to participate in all of the applicable Company-sponsored retirement, life, health, accident and disability, and other benefit
plans (the “Employee Benefit Plans”) that may be available to other senior executives of the Company, on the same terms as such
other executives. The Company or its affiliates may at any time or from time to time amend, modify, suspend or terminate any
employee benefit plan, program or arrangement
2

for any reason without the Executive’s consent. Any benefits to which Executive may be entitled under any Employee Benefit Plan
will be governed by the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, as in effect and amended from time to time.
4.5
Expense Reimbursement. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for all the
Executive’s appropriate business expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s duties under this Agreement.
Reimbursements shall be issued in accordance with the reimbursement policies of the Company as in effect from time to time.
4.6
Personal Use of Aircraft. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to the use of corporate aircraft
reasonably satisfactory to the Executive for up to one hundred (100) hours per annum for personal use by the Executive, her family
members and guests, provided that Executive is present during such use. Such personal use shall be at no cost to the Executive, other
than the responsibility to pay income taxes at the lowest permissible rate. The Company shall be responsible for all costs associated
with the operation, maintenance and staffing of the aircraft. The Executive’s usage rights under this provision shall be subject to the
aircraft’s availability for Company’s business purposes, which shall take priority.
4.7
 Legal Expenses.   The Executive shall be reimbursed for legal and advisor expenses incurred in the
negotiation and documentation of this Agreement, up to a maximum of $50,000, provided that the Executive provides the Company
with backup documentation of such fees and expenses which is reasonably satisfactory to the Company.
4.8
Special Incentive Retention Eligibility. Nothing herein will waive Executive’s eligibility for the second
installment (2 million dollars) of the Special Retention Incentive Award granted to her in 2023, conditioned upon her ongoing
compliance with the terms of the Special Retention Incentive Award Agreement.
5.
 Termination of Employment.
5.1
Termination by the Company for Cause or by the Executive Without Good Reason. If: (i) the Company
terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for “Cause” (as defined below); or (ii) the Executive voluntarily resigns
without “Good Reason” (as defined below), the Executive shall only be entitled to receive the following:
(a)
payment for accrued but unused vacation days, payable in accordance with Company policy;
(b)
the Executive’s accrued but unpaid Base Salary and any vested benefits (determined in accordance
with applicable plan terms), through the termination date; and
(c)
expenses reimbursable under Section 4.5 incurred but not yet reimbursed to the Executive through the
termination date. (Sections 5.1(a), 5.1(b), and 5.1(c) collectively, the “Accrued Benefits”).
For the purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means, subject to the notice and cure provisions below and with respect to
conduct during the Term, one or more of the following: (i) the Executive has been convicted of a felony; (ii) acts of intentional
dishonesty by the Executive resulting or intending to result in personal gain or enrichment at the expense of the Company, its
subsidiaries or its affiliates; (iii) the Executive’s material breach of the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement; (iv) conduct by
the Executive in connection with the Executive’s duties hereunder that is fraudulent, unlawful or grossly negligent; (v) personal
conduct by the Executive
3

which would reasonably be expected to seriously discredit or damage the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates (including, but
not limited, to employee harassment or discrimination under the Company’s policies, or the use or possession at work of any illegal
controlled substance); (vi) the Executive’s contravention of specific lawful direction from the Board; or (vii) breach of the
Executive’s covenants set forth in Section 6 below before termination of employment.
The existence of a condition constituting “Cause” shall be determined exclusively by the Board or its designee. The
Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until the Executive has been given written notice
detailing the specific Cause event and a period of fifteen (15) business days following receipt of such notice from the Company to
cure the deficiency leading to the Cause determination (except with respect to (i) above), if curable. Any act, or failure to act, based
upon and performed in accordance with authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or based upon the advice
of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in
the best interest of the Company.
For the purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means, subject to the notice and cure provisions below, the occurrence
of one or more of the following (regardless of whether any other reason, other than Cause, for such termination exists or has
occurred), without the Executive’s prior written consent: (i) a material reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary or Target Bonus
opportunity, unless such decrease is part of a temporary, uniform reduction in salary for all executive officers of the Company that is
undertaken in the Board’s reasonable business judgment, based on the Company’s financial performance or a reasonably anticipated
economic downturn; (ii) relocation of the Executive’s principal location of work to any location that is in excess of thirty (30) miles
from the Executive’s principal work location on the Effective Date; or (iii) a material diminution in the Executive’s authority,
responsibilities or duties.
A resignation by the Executive shall not be treated as for Good Reason unless: (a) the Executive provides written notice to
the Company of the circumstances(s) giving rise to a Good Reason condition within sixty (60) days of Executive having knowledge
of the initial existence of such circumstance(s), and (b) the Company fails to cure the applicable circumstance(s) within thirty (30)
days after receipt of such written notice, and (c) the Executive terminates employment with the Company no later than thirty (30)
days following the end of such cure period.
5.2
Termination Due to Death or Disability. This Agreement and the Executive’s employment shall terminate
automatically upon the death or Disability (as defined below). Upon termination due to the Executive’s death or Disability, the
Executive or the Executive’s estate (in the case of the Executive’s death), shall be entitled to receive:
(a)
 the Accrued Benefits;
(b)
subject to Section 5.4, a lump sum payment equal to the Bonus that would otherwise have been earned,
based on actual performance metrics for the fiscal year of the Company in which the termination date occurs, with such Bonus to be
paid at the same time it would otherwise be paid, but the amount thereof pro-rated based on the number of days of service during the
applicable fiscal year through the termination date; and
4

(c)
 a lump sum payment equal to the earned but unpaid portion of any Bonus earned in respect of any
performance period that is completed prior to the Executive’s death or Disability.
For the purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” means a determination by the Company in accordance with applicable law
that as a result of a physical or mental injury, impairment, or illness, the Executive is unable to perform the essential functions of the
Executive’s job with or without reasonable accommodation for a period of (i) ninety (90) consecutive days; or (ii) one hundred
eighty (180) days in any one (1) year period. Any payment due to death or Disability under this Section 5.2 shall be in addition to,
and shall not be offset by, any disability-related payments due to Executive under any Employee Benefit Plan.
The Company shall have no obligation to provide the benefits set forth above (other than the Accrued Benefits) in the event
that the Executive breaches the provisions of Section 6.
5.3
Termination by the Company Without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason. If the Company terminates
the Executive’s employment without Cause, or if the Executive voluntarily resigns for Good Reason, the Executive shall be entitled
to receive the Accrued Benefits and, subject to Section 5.4, the following:
(a)
a lump sum payment in an amount equal to two hundred percent (200%) of the sum of (i) the Base
Salary, plus (ii) the Target Bonus, each based on the Base Salary then in effect (not taking into account any temporary reductions in
Base Salary);
(b)
the earned but unpaid portion of any Bonus earned in respect of any completed performance period
that is completed prior to the termination date;
(c)
the Bonus that would otherwise have been earned, based on actual performance metrics for the fiscal
year of the Company in which the termination date occurs, with such Bonus to be paid at the same time it would otherwise be paid,
but the amount thereof pro-rated based on the number of days of service during the applicable fiscal year through the termination
date; and
(d)
if the Executive timely and properly elects health continuation coverage pursuant to the Executive’s
benefit continuation rights under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), monthly
reimbursement of the cost of continued group health coverage (including family coverage) for eighteen (18) months (payable by the
Company in a lump sum). The eighteen (18) month period shall include, and run concurrently with, the maximum continuation
coverage period pursuant to COBRA. If, and to the extent, that any benefit described in this Section 5.3(d) cannot be paid or
provided under any policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company, then the Company itself shall pay or provide for the
payment of such benefits to the Executive, the Executive’s dependents, eligible family members and beneficiaries, along with, in the
case of any benefit described in this Section 5.3(d) which is subject to tax because it is not or cannot be paid or provided under any
such policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company, an additional amount such that the net amount payable to the Executive
after withholding equals the intended reimbursement amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, benefits under this Section 5.3(d) shall
cease when the Executive or the Executive’s dependents are covered under another group health plan.
5.4
Continued Compliance and Release. The Company shall have no obligation to provide the payments and
benefits provided in Section 5.2 and Section 5.3 (other than the Accrued Benefits) (the “Severance Benefits”) unless (a)  the
Executive signs, and does
5

not revoke, a valid release agreement in substantially the same form as Exhibit A hereto (the “Release”), no later than sixty (60) days
following the termination date, and (b) the Executive complies with all obligations under the Release and this Agreement (including,
but not limited to, Section 6 hereof). The Severance Benefits shall begin (or be paid, as applicable) on the first pay period following
the date that is sixty (60) days after the termination date; the first payment shall include a make-up, without interest, for each
payment that would have been made before the first payment date had payment started on the first pay period following the
termination date. For the avoidance of doubt, the Executive shall not be entitled to any payments after termination of employment
other than as required by Section 5.1, 5.2, or 5.3 of this Agreement; without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Executive
receiving Severance Benefits under this Section 5.4 shall not be eligible to receive benefits under any Company-sponsored severance
plan or policy.
5.5
No Mitigation. The obligations of the Company to the Executive which arise upon the termination of the
Executive’s employment pursuant to this Section 5 shall not be subject to mitigation or offset.
5.6
Removal from any Boards and Positions. If the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason under
this Agreement, the Executive shall be deemed to resign (i) if a member, from the Board or board of directors of any subsidiary or
affiliate of the Company or any other board to which the Executive has been appointed or nominated by or on behalf of the
Company and (ii) from any position with the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, including, but not limited to, as
an officer of the Company and any of its subsidiaries.
5.7
Compensation Recovery. The Executive agrees that, to the extent permissible under applicable state law, the
compensation described in Sections 4.2 (Bonuses) and 4.3 (Equity Awards) will always be subject to recoupment or clawback under
the Company’s clawback and recoupment policies (if any), as may be in effect from time to time, or as may be required by law or
any applicable stock exchange rule.
6.
Restrictions and Obligations of the Executive.
6.1
Confidentiality.
(a)
During the Executive’s employment (prior to, during, and if applicable, after the Term), the Executive
has had and shall have access to certain trade secrets and confidential information relating to the Company, its subsidiaries and its
affiliates (the “Protected Parties”) which is not readily available from sources outside the Protected Parties. The confidential and
proprietary information and, in any material respect, trade secrets of the Protected Parties are among their most valuable assets,
including but not limited to, their customer, supplier and vendor lists, databases, competitive strategies, computer programs,
frameworks, or models, their marketing programs, their sales, financial, marketing, training and technical information, their product
development (and proprietary product data) and any other information, whether communicated orally, electronically, in writing or in
other tangible forms concerning how the Protected Parties create, develop, acquire or maintain their products and marketing plans,
target their potential customers and operate their retail and other businesses. The Protected Parties have invested, and continue to
invest, considerable amounts of time and money in their process, technology, know-how, obtaining and developing the goodwill of
their customers, their other external relationships, their data systems and data bases, and all the information described above
(hereinafter collectively referred to as “Confidential Information”), and any misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of
Confidential Information in any form would irreparably harm the Protected Parties. The Executive acknowledges that such
Confidential Information constitutes valuable, highly confidential, special and unique property of the Protected Parties. The
Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the
6

Protected Parties all Confidential Information relating to the Protected Parties and their businesses, which shall have been obtained
by the Executive during the Executive’s employment by the Company or its affiliates and which shall not be or become public
knowledge (other than by acts by the Executive or representatives of the Executive in violation of this Agreement). Except as
required by law or an order of a court or governmental agency with jurisdiction, the Executive shall not, during the period the
Executive is employed by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, or at any time thereafter disclose any Confidential
Information, directly or indirectly, to any person or entity, nor shall the Executive use it in any way, except in the course of the
Executive’s employment with, and for the benefit of, the Protected Parties or to enforce any rights or defend any claims hereunder or
under any other agreement to which the Executive is a party, provided that such disclosure is relevant to the enforcement of such
rights or defense of such claims and is only disclosed in the formal proceedings related thereto. The Executive shall take all
reasonable steps to safeguard the Confidential Information and to protect it against disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss and theft. The
Executive understands and agrees that the Executive shall acquire no rights to any such Confidential Information. The Parties agree
that nothing in this Agreement precludes the Executive from disclosing unlawful acts in the workplace.
(b)
All files, records, documents, drawings, specifications, data, computer programs, evaluation
mechanisms and analytics and similar items relating thereto or to the Business, as well as all customer lists, specific customer
information, compilations of product research and marketing techniques of the Company and its affiliates, whether prepared by the
Executive or otherwise coming into the Executive’s possession, shall remain the exclusive property of the Company, its subsidiaries
and its affiliates, and the Executive shall not remove any such items from the premises of the Company, its subsidiaries and its
affiliates, except in furtherance of the Executive’s duties under any employment agreement.
(c)
It is understood that while employed by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, the Executive
shall promptly disclose to it, and assign to it the Executive’s interest in any invention, improvement or discovery made or conceived
by the Executive, either alone or jointly with others, which arises out of the Executive’s employment. At the Company’s request and
expense, the Executive shall assist the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates during the period of the Executive’s employment
by the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates and thereafter in connection with any controversy or legal proceeding relating to
such invention, improvement or discovery and in obtaining domestic and foreign patent or other protection covering the same. As set
forth in Section 9.7 below, this Agreement is governed by Delaware law; provided however that, if a court determines that California
Labor Code Section 2872 or any other similar invention assignment law applies, this Section 6.1(c) shall not apply to any invention
that qualifies fully under the provisions of Section 2870 of the California Labor Code or any other similar invention assignment law,
as explained in the Invention Assignment Notice attached hereto as Addendum B. Further, the Executive acknowledges that all
unpatented inventions, discoveries, improvements, and works of authorship, if any, which were owned and controlled by the
Executive on the initial date of Executive's performance of services for Company have been listed on Addendum C.
(d)
As requested by the Company and at the Company’s expense, from time to time and upon the
termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Executive shall promptly deliver to the Company,
its subsidiaries and its affiliates all copies and embodiments, in whatever form, of all Confidential Information in the Executive’s
possession or within the Executive’s control (including, but not limited to, memoranda, records, notes, plans, photographs, manuals,
notebooks, documentation, program listings, flow charts, magnetic media, disks, diskettes, tapes and all other materials containing
any Confidential Information) irrespective of the location or form of such material. If requested by the Company,
7

the Executive shall provide the Company with written confirmation that all such materials have been delivered to the Company as
provided herein.
(e)
The Executive understands that nothing contained in this Agreement limits the Executive’s ability to
file a charge or complaint with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the National Labor Relations Board, the Securities
and Exchange Commission or any other federal, state or local governmental agency or commission (each, a “Government Agency”).
The Executive further understands that this Agreement does not limit the Executive’s ability to communicate with any Government
Agency, including to report possible violations of federal law or regulation or making other disclosures that are protected under the
whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation, or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be
conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company.
(f)
This Agreement does not limit the Executive’s right to receive an award for information provided to
any Government Agency. The Executive will not be criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the
disclosure of a trade secret that (i) is made (x) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or
indirectly, or to an attorney; and (y) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) is made in
a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.
6.2
Non-Solicitation. During the Term and for the “Restricted Period” (as defined below) following the
termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly solicit or attempt to solicit or
induce, directly or indirectly, (a) any supplier, vendor or service provider to the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates to
terminate, reduce or alter negatively its relationship with the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates or in any manner interfere
with any agreement or contract between the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates and such supplier, vendor or service provider;
or (b) any employee of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates or any person who was an employee of the Company, its
subsidiaries or its affiliates during the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the date the Executive’s employment
terminates to terminate such employee’s employment relationship with the Protected Parties in order, in either case, to enter into a
similar relationship with the Executive, or any other person or any entity in competition with the Business.
For the purposes of this Agreement, “Restricted Period” means the twenty-four (24) months following the termination of
Executive’s employment for any reason.
6.3
Non-Competition. During the Term and for the Restricted Period following the termination of the Executive’s
employment (for any reason, including non-renewal of the Agreement), the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly (a) own,
manage, operate or control a Competitor (as defined below), or (b) hold any position for a Competitor or engage in any activities for
a Competitor as an owner, employee, manager, director, agent, consultant, independent contractor, or in any other capacity, if such
position or activity involves one or more of the following: (i) responsibilities that are the same as or similar to the responsibilities
you performed for the Company, or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, within the twenty-four (24) month period prior to
termination of Executive’s employment; (ii) supervising or directing employees or other personnel in the provision of services that
are the same as or competitive with those offered or provided by the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company; (iii)
developing or implementing business plans, strategies or methodologies related to, the same as, or competitive with the business
plans, strategies, or methodologies of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company; or (iv) responsibilities or activities
in
8

which the Executive would utilize or disclose Confidential Information of the Protected Parties. As used in this Agreement,
“Competitor” means any business, firm, corporation, partnership or any other entity engaged in the Business, or any other type of
business developed or conducted by the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, during the twenty-four (24) month
period prior to the termination of the Executive’s employment, that operates within ten (10) miles of a store or e-commerce delivery
location in which the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company serves customers or plans to serve customers under the
Business during the Restricted Period. Before accepting employment with any other person, organization or entity during the
Restricted Period, the Executive agrees to inform such person, organization or entity of the restrictions contained in this Section 6.3.
In addition, during the Restricted Period, Executive consents to the Company’s notification of such person, organization or entity of
the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Executive from owning for passive investment
purposes not intended to circumvent this Agreement, less than five percent (5%) of the publicly traded common equity securities of
any company engaged in the Business (so long as the Executive has no power to manage, operate, advise, consult with or control the
competing enterprise and no power, alone or in conjunction with other affiliated parties, to select a director, manager, general
partner, or similar governing official of the competing enterprise other than in connection with the normal and customary voting
powers afforded the Executive in connection with any permissible equity ownership).
6.4
Property. The Executive acknowledges that all originals and copies of materials, records and documents
generated by the Executive or coming into the Executive’s possession during the Executive’s employment by the Company, its
subsidiaries or its affiliates are the sole property of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates (“Company Property”). The
Executive shall not remove, or cause to be removed, from the premises of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates copies of any
record, file, memorandum, document, computer related information or equipment, or any other item relating to the business of the
Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, except in furtherance of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement. When the
Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, or upon request of the Company at any time, the Executive shall promptly
deliver to the Company all copies of Company Property in the Executive’s possession or control.
6.5
Non-disparagement. The Executive agrees that the Executive shall not at any time knowingly make to any
person or entity any material “Disparaging” (as defined below) remarks, comments or statements concerning the Company, its
subsidiaries and affiliates, and its directors, officers, shareholders, employees, agents, successors and assigns. “Disparaging”
remarks, comments or statements are those that impugn the character, honesty, integrity or morality or business acumen or abilities
in connection with any aspect of the operation of business of the individual or entity being disparaged; provided that nothing in this
Agreement shall prevent the Executive from discussing or disclosing information about unlawful acts in the workplace, such as
harassment or discrimination or any other conduct that the Executive has reason to believe is unlawful. Neither the Company nor any
director or executive officer of the Company shall at any time knowingly make any material Disparaging remarks, comments or
statements concerning the Executive.
7.
Remedies; Specific Performance. The Company and the Executive acknowledge and agree that the Executive’s
breach or threatened breach of any of the restrictions set forth in Section 6 shall result in irreparable and continuing damage to the
Protected Parties for which there may be no adequate remedy at law and that the Protected Parties shall be entitled to equitable relief,
including specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for any such
9

breach or threatened or attempted breach. The Executive hereby consents to the grant of an injunction (temporary or otherwise)
against the Executive or the entry of any other court order against the Executive prohibiting and enjoining the Executive from
violating, or directing the Executive to comply with, any provision of Section 6. The Executive also agrees that such remedies shall
be in addition to all remedies, including damages, available to the Protected Parties against the Executive for such breaches or
threatened or attempted breaches. In addition, without limiting the Protected Parties’ remedies for any breach of any restriction on
the Executive set forth in Section 6, except as required by law, the Executive shall not be entitled to any Severance Benefits if the
Executive has breached the covenants applicable to the Executive contained in Section 6, the Executive shall immediately return to
the Protected Parties any such Severance Benefits previously received, upon such a breach, and, in the event of such breach, the
Protected Parties shall have no obligation to pay any of the amounts that remain payable by the Company under Section 5.3.
8.
Indemnification. The Company agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the Company’s bylaws, to
indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Executive from and against any and all losses, suits, actions, causes of action, judgments,
damages, liabilities, penalties, fines, costs or claims of any kind or nature (“Indemnified Claim”), including reasonable legal fees and
related costs incurred by the Executive in connection with the preparation for or defense of any Indemnified Claim, whether or not
resulting in any liability, to which the Executive may become subject or liable or which may be incurred by or assessed against the
Executive, relating to or arising out of the Executive’s employment by the Company or the services to be performed pursuant to this
Agreement, provided that the Company shall only defend, but not indemnify or hold the Executive harmless, from and against an
Indemnified Claim in the event there is a final, non-appealable, determination that the Executive’s liability with respect to such
Indemnified Claim resulted from the Executive’s willful misconduct or gross negligence.
9.
Other Provisions.
9.1
Notices. Any notice or other communication required or which may be given hereunder shall be in writing and
shall be delivered personally, sent via electronic mail, sent by facsimile transmission or sent by certified, registered or express mail,
postage prepaid or overnight mail and shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, sent via electronic mail, or sent by
facsimile transmission or, if mailed, four (4) days after the date of mailing or one (1) day after overnight mail, as follows:
(a)
If provided to the Company, to:
Albertsons Companies, Inc.
250 E. Parkcenter Boulevard Boise, Idaho 83706
Attention: Executive Vice President, General Counsel
Telephone: (208) 395-6200
Email: general.counsel@albertsons.com
(b)
If provided to the Executive, to the Executive’s home address reflected in the Company’s records,
unless otherwise directed in writing by Executive.
10

9.2
Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect to her employment with the Company.
9.3
Limitation on Payments and Benefits. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any
amount or benefit to be paid or provided under this Agreement would be an “Excess Parachute Payment,” within the meaning of
Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), but for the application of this sentence, then the
payments and benefits to be paid or provided under this Agreement shall be reduced to the minimum extent necessary (but in no
event to less than zero) so that no portion of any such payment or benefit, as so reduced, constitutes an Excess Parachute Payment;
provided, however, that the foregoing reduction shall be made only if and to the extent that such reduction would result in an
increase in the aggregate payment and benefits to be provided, determined on an after-tax basis (taking into account the excise tax
imposed pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code, any tax imposed by any comparable provision of state law, and any applicable
federal, state and local income and employment taxes). All determinations to be made under this Section 9.3 shall be made by an
independent accounting firm, consulting firm or other independent service provider selected by the Company immediately prior to a
“change in ownership or control” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code (the “Firm”), which shall provide its
determinations and any supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within ten (10) days of the “change in
ownership or control.” Any such determination by the Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive. All of the fees
and expenses of the Firm in performing the determinations referred to in this Section 9.3 shall be borne solely by the Company. The
fact that the Executive’s right to payments or benefits may be reduced by reason of the limitations contained in this Section 9.3 shall
not of itself limit or otherwise affect any other rights of the Executive other than pursuant to this Agreement. Any reduction required
by this Section 9.3 shall apply in reverse chronological order, with amounts due farthest in the future being reduced first.
9.4
Representations and Warranties by the Executive. The Executive represents and warrants that the Executive is
not a party to or subject to any restrictive covenants, legal restrictions or other agreements in favor of any entity or person which
would in any way preclude, inhibit, impair or limit the Executive’s ability to perform the Executive’s obligations under this
Agreement, including, but not limited to, non-competition agreements, non-solicitation agreements or confidentiality agreements.
9.5
Waiver and Amendments. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, canceled, renewed or
extended, and the terms and conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the Parties or, in the case of a
waiver, by the Party waiving compliance. Unless otherwise provided herein, no delay on the part of any Party in exercising any right,
power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any right, power or privilege
hereunder, nor any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder, preclude any other or further exercise thereof
or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.
9.6
Section 409A. The Company and the Executive intend that the payments and benefits provided for in this
Agreement either be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and the regulations, rules and other guidance promulgated thereunder,
or be provided in a manner that complies with the requirements to avoid tax under Section 409A of the Code, and any ambiguity
herein shall be interpreted so as to be consistent with the intent of this Section 9.6. For purposes of Section 409A, each installment in
a series shall be treated as a separate payment. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Severance Benefits that
are not exempt from Section 409A under the “short-term deferral” rule described in Treas. Reg. Section. 1.409A-1(b)(4) shall be
paid or provided only upon the Executive’s “separation from service”
11

within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (determined after
applying the presumptions set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h)(1)); and with respect to such Severance Benefits, references
to termination of employment and similar terms shall be interpreted to mean “separation from service”. Further, if as of the
Executive’s separation from service, the Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code as determined
by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, and the deferral of any payments or benefits is necessary in order
avoid tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company shall defer each such payment and/or benefit hereunder (without any
reduction in payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) until the date that is at least six (6) months following
the Executive’s termination date (or the earliest date permitted under Section 409A of the Code), whereupon the Company shall pay
the Executive a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative amounts that would have otherwise been previously paid to the Executive
under this Agreement during the period in which such payments or benefits were deferred, without interest. Thereafter, payments
shall resume in accordance with this Agreement.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the following special rules apply to in-kind benefits and
reimbursements that are includible in wages for tax purposes: (i) in-kind benefits and reimbursements provided under this
Agreement during any calendar year shall not affect in-kind benefits or reimbursements to be provided in any other calendar year;
(ii) no reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit; and (iii) reimbursement
requests must be timely submitted by the Executive and, if timely submitted, reimbursement payments shall be promptly made to the
Executive following such submission, but in no event later than December 31st of the next calendar year following the calendar year
in which the expense was incurred.
If the Company or the Executive reasonably determines that any provision of this Agreement might not comply with the
requirements to be exempt from or avoid taxes under Section 409A of the Code, the Company and the Executive shall work together
to correct the issue.
9.7
Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
Delaware applicable to agreements made and not to be performed entirely within such state, without regard to conflicts of laws
principles.
9.8
Survival of Provisions. Sections 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 of this Agreement shall survive any termination of this
Agreement or the termination of the Executive’s employment under Section 5.
9.9
Assignability by the Company and the Executive. This Agreement, and the rights and obligations hereunder,
may not be assigned by the Company or the Executive without written consent signed by the other Party; provided that the Company
may assign this Agreement to any successor that continues the business of the Company.
9.10
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but
all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.
9.11
Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or
otherwise affect the meaning of terms contained herein.
12

9.12
Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement, or any part thereof, is held by a
court of competent jurisdiction of any foreign, federal, state, county or local government or any other governmental, regulatory or
administrative agency or authority to be invalid, void, unenforceable or against public policy for any reason, the remainder of the
terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected or
impaired or invalidated. The Executive acknowledges that the restrictive covenants contained in Section 6 are a condition of this
Agreement and are reasonable and valid in temporal scope and in all other respects.
9.13
Judicial Modification. If any court determines that any of the covenants in Section 6, or any part of any of
them, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of such covenants and parts thereof shall not thereby be affected and shall be given
full effect, without regard to the invalid portion. If any court determines that any of such covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or
unenforceable because of the geographic or temporal scope of such provision, such court shall reduce such scope to the minimum
extent necessary to make such covenants valid and enforceable.
9.14
Tax Withholding. The Company or other payor is authorized to withhold from any benefit provided or
payment due hereunder, the amount of withholding taxes due any federal, state or local authority in respect of such benefit or
payment and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Board to satisfy all obligations for the payment of
such withholding taxes. Regardless of the amount withheld or reported, the Executive is solely responsible for all taxes in respect of
compensation and benefits from employment (including imputed income) except the employer’s share of employment taxes.
9.15
Representation by Counsel. The Executive acknowledges, represents and agrees that the Executive has had the
opportunity to retain and be individually represented by counsel with respect to negotiating the terms of this Agreement. In
accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies, upon receipt of proper documentation showing attorney fees
incurred, the Company will reimburse the Executive for reasonable out of pocket costs, not to exceed $50,000 incurred to engage
legal counsel for this purpose.
[Signature Page Follows]
13

WHEREOF, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first
above mentioned.
EXECUTIVE
/s/ Susan Morris    
Susan Morris
ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, INC.
By:     /s/ Thomas Moriarty                
Name: Thomas Moriarty
Title:    EVP, M&A, and Corporate Affairs

Exhibit 19.1
ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, INC. INSIDER TRADING POLICY
I.
INTRODUCTION
Albertsons Companies, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, collectively, the “Company”) has adopted this Insider Trading Policy (this
“Policy”) to provide guidelines to all directors, officers, employees and contractors of the Company with respect to federal and state securities
laws and regulations that govern trading in securities.
It is your responsibility to understand and follow this Policy. Preventing insider trading is necessary to comply with securities laws and to
preserve the reputation and integrity of the Company. Trading securities while in possession of material, nonpublic information (“MNPI”), or
improperly communicating that information to others (i.e. “tipping”), may expose you to severe civil and criminal penalties and termination
from the Company.
Any questions regarding this Policy should be directed to the General Counsel/General Counsel’s office at trading.clearance@albertsons.com.
II.
POLICY OVERVIEW
A. Persons Subject to this Policy
This Policy applies to all directors, officers and employees of the Company, as well as contractors who have access to MNPI of the Company
or any other company. The same restrictions that apply to you apply to your family members who reside with you, anyone else who lives in
your household, and any family members who do not live in your household but whose transactions in Company Securities are directed by
you or are subject to your influence or control (such as parents or children who consult with you before they trade in Company Securities)
(collectively, “Family Members”), as well as any entities subject to your influence or control (including corporations, LLCs, partnerships or
trusts) (collectively, “Controlled Entities” and together with you and your Family Members, “Covered Persons”). You are responsible for
making sure that any transaction in securities covered by this Policy by any Family Member or Controlled Entity complies with this Policy.
B. Transactions Subject to this Policy
Except as discussed in Section IV.C. below, this Policy applies to all transactions involving the Company’s securities (collectively referred to
in this Policy as “Company Securities”), including the Company’s common stock, options to purchase or sell its common stock, preferred
stock, convertible and non-convertible debentures, warrants and other similar instruments, and exchange-traded options or other derivative
securities related thereto. This Policy also applies to all transactions in the securities of other companies to the extent Covered Persons are in
possession of any MNPI relating to those securities.
C. Statement of Policy
No Covered Person who is in possession of MNPI relating to the Company may, directly or indirectly through family members or other persons
or entities:
1.
Engage in the purchase or sale or short sale or any other transaction of any Company Securities, except as otherwise specified in
this Policy;
2.
Disclose MNPI (i.e., “tip”) to persons within the Company whose jobs do not require them to

have that information, or to persons outside of the Company including, but not limited to, family, friends, business associates,
investors, and expert consulting firms, unless any such disclosure is made in accordance with the Company’s policies regarding
the protection or authorized external disclosure of information regarding the Company; or
3.
Assist anyone engaged in the above activities.
In addition, no Covered Person may, directly or indirectly through family members or other persons or entities:
1.
Give trading advice about the Company or Company Securities to anyone, whether or not such Covered Person is in possession of
MNPI;
2.
Engage in a transaction intended to circumvent or otherwise achieve a result inconsistent with the purpose and intent of this Policy
(e.g., transacting in an index investment or exchange- traded funds in which Company Securities are a meaningful component if
MNPI is the basis for such transaction); or
3.
After obtaining MNPI about a company with which the Company does business, including a customer or supplier of the
Company, trade in that other company’s securities until such information becomes public or is no longer material.
III.
OVERVIEW OF MNPI AND TIPPING
A. What Facts are Material?
The materiality of a fact depends upon the circumstances. A fact is considered “material” if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable
investor would consider it important in making an investment decision (i.e., the decision whether to buy, sell or hold a security) or where the
fact is likely to have a significant effect on the market price of the security. Material information can be positive or negative and can relate to
any aspect of a company's business or to any type of security.
There is no bright-line standard for assessing materiality; rather, materiality is based on an assessment of all of the facts and circumstances at
the time of the potential securities transaction, and is often evaluated by enforcement authorities with the benefit of hindsight. When in doubt
about whether certain nonpublic information is material, you should presume it is material.
B. What Information is Nonpublic?
Information is considered nonpublic if it has not been disseminated broadly to investors. The circulation of rumors, even if accurate and
reported in the media, does not constitute effective public dissemination. You should generally allow approximately 48 hours following
dissemination before such information is deemed to be public. Information may still be nonpublic even though it is widely known within the
Company.
C. What is Tipping?
Covered Persons may be liable for communicating or tipping MNPI to a third party (a “tippee”) if the Covered Person receives a direct or
indirect personal benefit from the tip. The benefit received need not be financial—it also can be in the form of a gift to family or friends, a
reputational benefit or a relationship which suggests a quid pro quo. A Covered Person who benefits by tipping MNPI is liable for the tippee's
insider trading. You should take particular care when discussing any Company-related information through text or over the internet,
which should generally be avoided.

IV.
PROCEDURES TO PREVENT INSIDER TRADING
The following procedures will be monitored and enforced by the Company to prevent insider trading. Covered Persons are required to follow
these procedures.
A. Information Relating to the Company
1.
Access to Information
Access to MNPI about the Company, including the Company's business, earnings or prospects, should be limited to individuals within the
Company on a need-to-know basis. In addition, such information should not be communicated to anyone outside the Company, including
family members, under any circumstances or to anyone within the Company other than on a need-to-know basis.
All employees and directors must take care to emphasize the need for confidential treatment of such MNPI and adherence to the Company's
policies with regard to confidential information.
2.
Inquiries from Third Parties
Inquiries from third parties, such as industry analysts or members of the media, about the Company should be directed to the office of Investor
Relations. Neither MNPI nor confidential information may be disclosed without first complying with all applicable Company policies and
procedures governing the use and handling of such information.
B. Limitations on Access to Company Information
All Covered Persons should take all precautions necessary to restrict access to, and secure, MNPI or confidential information by, among other
things:
•
Maintaining the confidentiality of Company-related transactions;
•
Conducting their business and social activities to avoid inadvertent disclosure of MNPI or confidential information;
•
Restricting access to documents and files (including computer files) containing MNPI or confidential information to
individuals on a need-to-know basis;
•
Promptly removing and cleaning up all confidential documents and other materials from conference rooms following the
conclusion of any meetings;
•
Disposing of all confidential documents and other materials after there is no longer any business or other legally required
need, through shredders when appropriate;
•
Restricting access to areas likely to contain confidential documents or material, nonpublic information; and
•
Avoiding the discussion of MNPI or confidential information in places where the information could be overheard by others.
C. Certain Restrictions on Designated Insiders
1.
Window Period Restrictions
Except for transactions set forth in Section V.B below, to prevent inadvertent violations of applicable securities laws and to avoid the
appearance of impropriety in connection with the purchase and sale of Company Securities, all transactions in Company Securities (including,
without limitation, any exercise

of an option or stock appreciation right, stock purchase, stock sale, gift, loan, pledge, hedge, contribution to a trust or any other acquisition,
disposition or transfer) by persons designated by the General Counsel/General Counsel’s office (each, a “Designated Insider”), as well as their
Family Members and Controlled Entities, may be made only during the period beginning two (2) trading days after the Company's issuance of
its earnings release for the quarter, and ending on the first (1st) day of the last accounting period for the next quarter (the “Open Trading
Window”). If you have any questions about when an Open Trading Window starts or concludes, contact trading.clearance@albertsons.com.
You will be notified of your Designated Insider status via email.
2.
Pre-Clearance of All Trades
Additionally, because Designated Insiders are likely to obtain MNPI on a regular basis, all purchases and sales of Company Securities by
Designated Insiders and their Family Members and Controlled Entities may be made only during an Open Trading Window after receiving
pre-clearance. Requests for pre- clearance should be submitted to trading.clearance@albertsons.com at least two (2) days in advance of the
proposed transaction. trading.clearance@albertsons.com will inform the Designated Insider whether the transaction may proceed. Unless
revoked, a grant of permission will normally remain valid for the duration of the Open Trading Window.
Even if you have been granted pre-clearance and you expect to consummate your transaction during an Open Trading Window, it
may be necessary to suspend trading due to the occurrence of a material event that necessitates not opening the trading window or
closing the Open Trading Window early. You will be notified by the Legal Department if such an event occurs.
V.
ADDITIONAL POLICIES AND CONSIDERATIONS
A. Prohibition of Certain Aggressive or Speculative Trading
Covered Persons are prohibited from engaging, directly or indirectly, in any speculative transactions involving Company securities, including:
•
Short sales of Company securities. This involves selling securities you do not currently own in the expectation that the price of the
stock will fall, or as part of a hedge or arbitrage transaction; and
•
Buying or selling put or call options on Company securities, or entering into other derivative contracts. This includes options
trading on any of the stock exchanges or futures exchanges, as well as customized derivative transactions with third parties.
B. Exceptions to Trading Restrictions
The following are certain transactions which are excepted from the trading restrictions set forth in this Policy:
1.
Option Exercise. Stock option exercises where the purchase price is paid in cash and there is no other associated market activity.
2.
Equity Compensation. Receipt and vesting of stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock or other equity compensation
awards from the Company.
3.
Tax Withholding. Net share withholding with respect to equity awards where shares are withheld by the Company in order to
satisfy tax withholding requirements, (x) as required by either the Company’s board of directors (or a committee thereof) or the
award agreement

governing such equity award or (y) as you elect, if permitted by the Company, so long as the election is irrevocable and made in
writing at a time when a trading blackout is not in place and you are not in possession of MNPI.
4.
Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans. Transactions made pursuant to a valid Rule 10b5-1 trading plan approved by the Company (see
Section V.D below).
5.
Wills; Intestate. Transfers by will or the laws of descent or distribution and, provided that prior written notice is provided to the
Company, distributions or transfers (such as certain tax planning or estate planning transfers) that effect only a change in the form
of beneficial interest without changing your pecuniary interest in Company Securities.
C. Stock Buy-Back Program
During such time as the Company is actively engaged in a stock buy-back program, if any, the officers and, if applicable, any directors who
are directly responsible for managing the program and/or directing the purchases, and/or who have advance knowledge of the timing, practice
or quantity of proposed share purchases, are prohibited from selling Company Securities (other than pursuant to a pre-existing Rule 10b5-1
trading plan).
D. Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans
Rule 10b5-1(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, permits corporate insiders to establish written trading plans (referred to
herein as “Rule 10b5-1 trading plans”) that can be useful in enabling insiders to plan ahead without fear that they might become exposed to
MNPI that will prevent them from trading. Where a valid Rule 10b5-1 trading plan has been established at a time when the insider was not in
possession of MNPI, trades executed as specified by the plan do not violate the securities laws or this Policy even if the insider is in
possession of MNPI at the time the trade is executed.
Any employee or director who desires to enter into a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan must comply with the Company’s Rule 10b5-1 Trading
Plan Guidelines. You can obtain a copy of the Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan Guidelines by contacting trading.clearance@albertsons.com. Any
Rule 10b5-1 trading plan with respect to Company Securities must be pre-approved by the General Counsel/General Counsel’s office.
Duplicate confirmations of any purchase or sale under an approved Rule 10b5-1 trading plan should be sent to the Company at
trading.clearance@albertsons.com.
E. Protected Activity Not Prohibited; Reporting
Nothing in this Policy, or any related guidelines or other documents or information provided in connection with this Policy, shall in any way
limit or prohibit you from engaging in any of the protected activities set forth in the Company’s Code of Business Conduct & Ethics, as
amended from time to time.
If you believe someone is violating this Policy or otherwise using MNPI that they learned through their position at the Company to trade
Company Securities, you should report it to the Company at trading.clearance@albertsons.com or in accordance with the Company’s Code of
Business Conduct & Ethics.
VI.
PENALTIES
Trading securities while in possession of MNPI or improperly tipping that information to others could result in severe civil and criminal
penalties. Criminal sanctions may include imprisonment for up to 20 years or a fine of up to $5,000,000 for individuals and $25,000,000 for
entities. Additionally, the SEC can recover any profits gained or losses avoided through illegal trading and impose a penalty of up to

$1,000,000 or three times the illicit windfall (whichever is greater). The SEC and the Department of Justice have made the civil and
criminal prosecution of insider trading violations a top priority.
Insider trading violations are not limited to violations of the federal securities laws: other federal and state civil or criminal laws, such as the
laws prohibiting mail and wire fraud and the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act, also may be violated upon the occurrence
of insider trading. Failure to comply with this Policy may also subject you to sanctions imposed by the Company, up to and including
termination, whether or not your failure to comply with this Policy results in a violation of law.
VII.
EXCEPTIONS
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Cerberus Capital Management (“Cerberus”) and its respective affiliates (other than the
Company) may engage in brokerage, investment advisory, financial advisory, anti-raid advisory, merger advisory, financing, asset
management, trading, market making, arbitrage, principal investing and other activities conducted in the ordinary course of their businesses,
including, but not limited to, activities related to Company Securities and provided that neither Cerberus nor its affiliates engage in such
activities at the direction or with the approval of a member of the Board of Directors or officer of the Company who is employed by, a member
of, or a partner of Cerberus who otherwise would be prohibited by this Policy or applicable law from doing so, or any other person employed
by Cerberus or any of its affiliates who possesses MNPI about the Company from any source. Nothing in this Policy is intended to limit the
ability of Cerberus with which a Cerberus Company Officer or Cerberus Company Director is affiliated to distribute Company securities to its
partners, members or other similar persons, provided such distribution is not made at the direction or with the approval of a Cerberus
Company Director or a Cerberus Company Officer who otherwise would be prohibited by this Policy or applicable law from doing so, or any
other person employed by Cerberus or any of its affiliates who possesses MNPI about the Company from any source. It is the responsibility of
Cerberus, any Cerberus Company Officer or any Cerberus Company Director and the affiliated entity, in consultation with their own counsel
(as appropriate), to determine the timing of any distributions, based on all relevant facts and circumstances and applicable laws.
Adopted: October 19, 2023


Exhibit 21.1
ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, INC.
SCHEDULE OF SUBSIDIARIES
The following is a list of all the Company’s subsidiaries, excluding twelve (12) companies, which are not listed because they: (i) are
not actively conducting business; (ii) are maintained solely for the purpose of holding licenses; (iii) hold no assets; or (iv) are less
than majority owned.
AB Management Services Corp. (DE)
Ink Holdings, LLC (DE)
Albertsons Safeway LLC and its subsidiaries: (DE)
Albertsons Health, LLC (DE)
Albertsons Global Holdings LLC (DE)
Albertson's LLC and its subsidiaries: (DE)
ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries: (DE)
ABS Mezzanine III LLC and its subsidiaries: (DE)
ABS CA-GL LLC (DE)
ABS CA-O DC1 LLC (DE)
ABS CA-O DC2 LLC (DE)
ABS CA-O LLC (DE)
ABS ID-GL LLC (DE)
ABS ID-O DC LLC (DE)
ABS ID-O LLC (DE)
ABS MT-GL LLC (DE)
ABS MT-O LLC (DE)
ABS NV-GL LLC (DE)
ABS NV-O LLC (DE)
ABS OR-GL LLC (DE)
ABS OR-O DC LLC (DE)
ABS OR-O LLC (DE)
ABS Surplus-O LLC (DE)
ABS UT-GL LLC (DE)
ABS UT-O DC LLC (DE)
ABS UT-O LLC (DE)
ABS WA-GL LLC (DE)
ABS WA-O LLC (DE)
ABS WY-GL LLC (DE)
ABS WY-O LLC (DE)
ABS Real Estate Company LLC (DE)
ABS Real Estate Investor Holdings LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)
ABS Mezzanine I LLC and its subsidiaries: (DE)
ABS DFW Investor LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)
ABS DFW Lease Investor LLC (DE)
ABS FLA Investor LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)
ABS FLA Lease Investor LLC (DE)
ABS RM Investor LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)
ABS RM Lease Investor LLC (DE)
ABS SW Investor LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)
ABS SW Lease Investor LLC (DE)
ABS TX Investor LP (TX)     

ASP SW Investor LLC (DE)
ABS Real Estate Owner Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries: (DE)
ABS FLA Lease Owner LLC (DE)
ASP NoCal Lease Owner LLC (DE)
Albertson's Liquors, Inc. (WY)
Albertson’s Stores Sub Holdings LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)
AB Acquisition LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)
Albertson’s Stores Sub LLC (DE)
American Food and Drug LLC and its subsidiaries: (DE)
American Stores Properties LLC (DE)
Jewel Osco Southwest LLC (IL)
Sunrich Mercantile LLC (CA)
Fresh Holdings LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)
Extreme LLC and its subsidiaries: (DE)
Newco Investments, LLC (DE)
NHI Investment Partners, LP (DE)
Good Spirits LLC (TX)
Malin Acquisitions, LLC (DE)
Spirit Acquisition Holdings LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)
United Supermarkets, L.L.C. and its subsidiary: (TX)
Llano Logistics, Inc. (DE)    
Safeway Inc. and its subsidiaries: (DE)
Association of Unit Owners Safeway Beretania (HI)
Better Living Brands LLC (DE)
Boulder Investco LLC (DE)        
Cayam Energy, LLC (DE)
Consolidated Procurement Services, Inc. (DE)
DineInFresh, LLC (DE)
Divario Ventures LLC (DE)
Dominick’s Supermarkets, LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)
Dominick’s Finer Foods, LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)
Dominick’s Finer Foods, Inc. of Illinois (IL)  
GFM Holdings I, Inc. and its subsidiary: (DE)
GFM Holdings LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)
Genuardi’s Family Markets LP (DE)
JA Procurement LLC (DE)
Lehua Insurance Company, Inc. (HI)
Lucerne Foods, Inc. and its subsidiaries: (DE)
Eating Right LLC (DE)
Lucerne Dairy Products LLC (DE)
Lucerne North America LLC (DE)
O Organics LLC (DE)
NAI Holdings GP LLC (DE)
New Albertsons L.P. and its subsidiaries: (DE)
ABS Finance Co., Inc. (DE)
Albertsons Companies Specialty Care, LLC (DE)
American Stores Company, LLC and its subsidiaries: (DE)
American Drug Stores LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)
American Partners, L.P. (IN)
American Procurement and Logistics Company LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)
APLC Procurement, Inc. (UT)
ASC Media Services, Inc. and its subsidiary: (UT)

U.S. Satellite Corporation (UT)
ASP Realty, LLC (DE)
Beryl American Corporation (VT)
Jewel Companies, Inc. and its subsidiaries: (DE)
Acme Markets, Inc. and its subsidiary: (DE)
Giant of Salisbury, Inc. (MD)
Jewel Food Stores, Inc. and its subsidiary: (OH)
Jetco Properties, Inc. (DE)
Lucky Stores LLC (OH)
Medcart Specialty Care, LLC (DE)
NAI Saturn Eastern LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)
Collington Services LLC (DE)
SSM Holdings Company and its subsidiary: (DE)
Shaw's Supermarkets, Inc. and its subsidiaries: (MA)
360 Chauncy Street Realty Trust (MA)
675 Randolph Realty Trust (MA)
Adrian Realty Trust (MA)
Border Street Realty Trust (MA)
Clifford W. Perham, Inc. (ME)
Hayward Street Investment Trust and its subsidiary: (MA)
K&J Realty Trust (MA)
Keene Realty Trust (NH)
LRT Realty Trust (MA)                    
Michael's Realty Trust (MA)
Shaw's Realty Co. (ME)
Shaw's Realty Trust and its subsidiary: (MA)
Galway Realty Trust (MA)
Star Markets Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiary: (MA)
Star Markets Company, Inc. (MA)
WP Properties, LLC (RI)
Wildcat Acquisition Holdings LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)
Vons REIT, Inc. and its subsidiary: (DE)
Wildcat Markets Opco LLC (DE)
Pak ’N Save, Inc. (CA)        
Randall’s Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries: (DE)
Randall’s Food Markets, Inc. and its subsidiary: (DE)
Randall’s Food & Drugs LP and its subsidiary: (DE)
Randall’s Management Company, Inc. and its subsidiary: (DE)
Randall’s Beverage Company, Inc. (TX)
Randall’s Investments, Inc. (DE)        
Safeway Canada Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiary: (DE)
Safeway New Canada, Inc. and its subsidiary: (DE)
CSL IT Services ULC (formerly Canada Safeway Limited) and its subsidiary:
(British Columbia)
Mealime Meal Plans ULC (British Columbia)
Safeway Corporate, Inc. (DE)
Safeway Dallas, Inc. and its subsidiaries: (DE)
Avia Partners, Inc. (DE)
Safeway Stores 86, Inc. (DE)
Safeway Stores 87, Inc. (DE)
Safeway Stores 88, Inc. (DE)
Safeway Stores 97, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 98, Inc. (DE)
Safeway Denver, Inc. and its subsidiaries: (DE)
Safeway Stores 44, Inc. (DE)
Safeway Stores 45, Inc. (DE)
Safeway Stores 46, Inc. (DE)
Safeway Stores 48, Inc. (DE)
Safeway Stores 49, Inc. (DE)
Safeway Gift Cards, LLC (AZ)
Safeway Health Inc. (DE)
Safeway Holdings I, LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)
GroceryWorks.com, LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)
GroceryWorks.com Operating Company, LLC (DE)
Safeway Leasing, Inc. (DE)
Safeway Philtech Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiary: (DE)
Safeway Philtech Inc. (Philippines)
Safeway Realty LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)
ACI Real Estate Holding I Company LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)
ACI Real Estate Holding II Company LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)
ACI Real Estate Company LLC and its subsidiaries: (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 102, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 103, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 106, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 109, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 110, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 112, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 118, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 119, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 120, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 121, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 122, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 123, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 126, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 127, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 132, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 134, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 135, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 136, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 137, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 143, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 147, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 148, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 153, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 154, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 155, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 157, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 158, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 159, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 160, LLC (DE)
ACI Real Estate SPE 161, LLC (DE)
Safeway Richmond, Inc. and its subsidiary: (DE)
Safeway Stores 58, Inc. (DE)
Safeway Southern California, Inc. and its subsidiaries: (DE)

Safeway Stores 28, Inc. (DE)
The Vons Companies, Inc. (MI)
Safeway Trucking, Inc. (DE)
SSI – AK Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiary: (DE)
Carr-Gottstein Foods Co. (DE)

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM    
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-239520 on Form S-8 of our reports dated April 21, 2025, relating to the
consolidated financial statements of Albertsons Companies, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 52 weeks ended February 22, 2025.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Boise, Idaho
April 21, 2025

                                                 Exhibit 31.1
Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant
to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Vivek Sankaran, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Albertsons Companies, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known
to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting, which
are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting.
Date: April 21, 2025
/s/ Vivek Sankaran
Vivek Sankaran
Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 31.2
Certification of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant
to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Sharon McCollam, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Albertsons Companies, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known
to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting, which
are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting.
Date: April 21, 2025
/s/ Sharon McCollam
Sharon McCollam
President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

Exhibit 32.1
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Albertsons Companies, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended February 22,
2025 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned certifies, pursuant to 18
U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1.
The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2.
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.
Date:
April 21, 2025
/s/ Vivek Sankaran
Vivek Sankaran
Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive
Officer)
/s/ Sharon McCollam
Sharon McCollam
President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial
Officer)